55
8/18/2019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014 http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1/55 Teacher Guide Cambridge IGCSE ® Physics 0625 Cambridge Secondary 2

0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 155

Teacher GuideCambridge IGCSEreg

Physics

0625

Cambridge Secondary 2

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 255

Cambridge International Examinations retains the copyright on all its publications Registered Centres are

permitted to copy material from this booklet for their own internal use However we cannot give permission

to Centres to photocopy any material that is acknowledged to a third party even for internal use within a

Centre

reg IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations

copy Cambridge International Examinations February 2015

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 355

Contents

Introduction 2The purpose of the teacher guide

What do I need to get started

Section 1 Syllabus overview 3

11 Aims

12 Assessment objectives

13 The assessment structure

14 Curriculum content

15 Practical assessment

Section 2 Planning the course 8

21 Key factors to consider when planning your course

22 Long-term planning

23 Medium-term planning

24 Short-term planning

Section 3 Planning lessons 11

31 Lesson plans and templates

32 Constructing a lesson plan

33 Re1047298ection and evaluation

Section 4 Classroom practice 13

41 Practical lessons42 Active learning

43 Differentiation

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment 15

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo Reports

52 Command words

Section 6 Resources and support 17

61 Finding and evaluating resources

62 Training

Appendices 18Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 455

Introduction

2 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Introduction

The purpose of the teacher guideThis teacher guide is designed to introduce you to the IGCSE Physics syllabus and support materials from

Cambridge It will help you to organise and plan your teaching It also offers advice and guidance on delivery

classroom practice (including practical work) and preparing your learners for their final assessment

What do I need to get startedWhen planning your course your starting point should be the syllabus which contains a large quantity of

essential information It is most important that you become thoroughly familiar with all parts of the syllabus

document

You then need to devise a scheme of work To do this you need to think how you will organise the timethat you have available to help students to understand and learn all of the facts and concepts required by

the syllabus and to develop the skills ndash such as handling data and planning experiments ndash that are also

required Cambridge provides a sample scheme of work that you could use as a starting point but you will

undoubtedly want to produce your own at some point

Your scheme of work will help you to determine what resources you will require to deliver the course You

need to ensure that you have sufficient laboratory facilities to allow learners to carry out the practical work

that is needed You will also need to build up teaching learning and reference resources such as text books

and worksheets

You should make sure at an early stage that you have access to the secure online support available to

Cambridge teachers Teacher Support at httpteacherscieorguk

This provides a wide range of resources to help you including past examination papers mark schemes

and examiner reports All of these are invaluable in helping you and your learners to understand exactly

what Cambridge expects of candidates in examinations which will help you to prepare your students

appropriately

This guidance document provides suggestions and help with all of these aspects of planning your IGCSE

Physics course

Please have your copy of the most recent syllabus with you as you read through this document as

you will need to refer to it frequently References indicate the relevant pages of the syllabus and alsoother documents to which you should refer as you work through this guide

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 555

Section 1 Syllabus overview

3 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 1 Syllabus overview

11 AimsThe syllabus aims which are not in order of priority are listed at the start of Section 5 in the syllabus

The aims provide you with an overview of what Cambridge expects learners to experience and achieve

as they follow their IGCSE Physics course You should bear these in mind as you plan your scheme of

work Notice that many of the aims relate to attitudes and skills rather than simply the accumulation of

knowledge A Cambridge IGCSE Physics learner should develop attitudes and skills that will be useful in

many areas of their life long after they have taken their IGCSE Physics examinations

12 Assessment objectives

The assessment objectives are statements about what will actually be tested in the final examinations Eachquestion or task that is set in the examination relates to one or more of these assessment objectives (AOs)

All of the IGCSE Science syllabuses have the same three AOs These are

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Each of these AOs has several components

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

Candidates should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of

1 scientific phenomena facts laws definitions concepts theories

2 scientific vocabulary terminology conventions (including symbols quantities and units)

3 scientific instruments and apparatus including techniques of operation and aspects of safety

4 scientific and technological applications with their social economic and environmental applications

The knowledge that learners should acquire is described in the Content section of the syllabus

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

Candidates should be able using oral written symbolic graphical and numerical forms of presentation to

1 locate select organise and present information from a variety of sources

2 translate information from one form to another

3 manipulate numerical and other data

4 use information to identify patterns report trends and draw inferences

5 present reasoned explanations of phenomena patterns and relationships

6 make predictions and propose hypotheses

7 solve problems including some of a quantitative nature

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 655

Section 1 Syllabus overview

4 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Questions testing AO2 will frequently be based on contexts and information that are unfamiliar to

candidates They will require candidates to apply the facts principles and concepts that they have learnt

(specified in the syllabus content) to new situations Candidates need to develop confidence in applying their

knowledge and understanding in a logical way using reasoning or calculation to deduce suitable answers

This means that your course needs to do much more than simply teach learners the material described

in the Content section of the syllabus It must also help them to develop these skills of reasoning and

deduction

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Candidates should be able to

1 demonstrate knowledge of how to safely use techniques apparatus and materials (including following a

sequence of instructions where appropriate)

2 plan experiments and investigations

3 make and record observations measurements and estimates

4 interpret and evaluate experimental observations and data

5 evaluate methods and suggest possible improvements

The development of experimental skills (scientific enquiry skills) should be an important part of your scheme

of work Learners should have the opportunity to do a wide range of practical work throughout their course

Some of this will require laboratory facilities but most practical activities in Physics can be done in a normal

classroom

13 The assessment structureIt is a good idea right from the start of planning your IGCSE Physics course to make sure that you have a

full understanding of how your learners will be assessed by Cambridge at the end of it There are choices

to be made about which papers students can be entered for You do not need to make final decisions about

these straight away ndash they are made when you actually enter your learners for the examinations a few

months before the examination period ndash but you should keep them in mind as you construct your scheme of

work and lesson plans

Each learner will need to take three components called lsquopapersrsquo

Paper 1 or Paper 2

Each candidate takes either Paper 1 (Core) or Paper 2 (Extended) These are multiple-choice papers Thequestions test AO1 and AO2 The Papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed answer sheets are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

Paper 3 or Paper 4

Each candidate takes either Paper 3 (Core) or Paper 4 (Extended) These are both made up of structured

questions which test AO1 and AO2 The papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed papers are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 755

Section 1 Syllabus overview

5 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 1 and 3 are easier than Papers 2 and 4 This is because

Paper 1 tests candidates on their knowledge and understanding of the Core syllabus content only while

Paper 2 tests them on their knowledge and understanding of the Core and Supplement content (See 141

for an explanation of Core and Supplement content)

Paper 3 tends to contain questions that are slightly less demanding in terms of reasoning skills than Paper 4

The questions tend to be shorter contain less reading for candidates and require shorter answers

However many marks candidates obtain on Papers 1 and 3 they cannot achieve more than a Grade C

Candidates taking Papers 2 and 4 can achieve any grade from A down to G

An understanding of the differences between these papers will help you to decide on whether you will

teach both the Core and Supplement syllabus content or the Core only Candidates who are unlikely to get

a Grade C are likely to achieve a better grade if they study only the Core and take Papers 1 and 3 However

candidates who you think stand a good chance of achieving a Grade C or above should study both Core

and Supplement (known as the lsquoExtended Curriculumrsquo) and take Papers 2 and 4 This is also important for

candidates who are likely to want to continue their studies of Physics beyond IGCSE

Paper 5 or Paper 6

Each candidate takes either Paper 5 or Paper 6 These test AO3 Experimental skills and investigations (See

also section 15 Practical assessment)

Paper 5 is a practical examination The paper typically consists of four questions three of which will require

the use of apparatus

Several weeks before the examination is taken Cambridge will send you a list of apparatus that you need to

supply During the examination your candidates will work in a laboratory each with their own working space

and set of apparatus under strict examination conditions They will write their answers in an examination

paper just as they would for a theory examination The examination paper is sent back to Cambridge to be

marked

Paper 6 is a written paper The questions test the same experimental skills as Paper 5 and contains many of

the same question parts The paper is taken in a normal examination room and is sent to Cambridge to be

marked

Weightings

The lsquoweightingrsquo of a paper tells you the relative importance of that paper in deciding the candidatersquos overall

mark and final grade The table below summarises the weightings of the three components that a candidate

will take at the end of their course

Paper Weighting

Paper 1 or 2 30

Paper 3 or 4 50

Paper 5 or 6 20

You will remember that Papers 1 2 3 and 4 test largely AO1 and AO2

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 855

Section 1 Syllabus overview

6 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The table below summarises how the three assessment objectives are tested in the three examination

components It also shows the weighting of the three AOs in the whole examination

Assessment

objective

Paper 1

and 2

Paper 3

and 4

Paper 5

and 6

Weighting of

AO in overallqualification

AO1 Knowledge with

understanding

63 63 ndash 50

AO2 Handling

information and

problem solving

37 37 ndash 30

AO3 Experimental

skills and

investigations

ndash ndash 100 20

Weighting of paper in

overall examination

30 50 20

If you look at the final column of the table above you can see that

bull Assessment Objective 1 makes up 50 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 2 makes up 30 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 3 makes up 20 of the whole assessment

This means that only half of the total marks in the three examination papers are for knowledge and

understanding of the syllabus content Half of the marks are for being able to use this knowledge and

understanding in new contexts and for experimental skills It is essential to bear this in mind as you plan

your IGCSE Physics course You need to spend at least as much time helping students to develop their AO2

and AO3 skills as in helping them to learn facts and concepts

14 Curriculum contentThe largest section in the syllabus is Section 6 Syllabus content It is here that you will find details of

exactly what your learners need to know and understand by the end of the course It is presented as a

series of bullet points (learning objectives) which state clearly what candidates should be able to do in theexamination papers that they take at the end of their course Each question that is included in the papers

tests one or more of these learning objectives Learning objectives for the practical and experimental skills

that your learners will also need to be taught are listed in Section 7 of the syllabus

You should read each learning objective very carefully Each one gives you clear guidance about exactly

what candidates should learn

141 Core and Supplement

One of the first things you will notice about the syllabus content is that it is presented in two columns

The left hand column is the lsquoCorersquo content All candidates need to cover all of this This will be tested in all

papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 955

Section 1 Syllabus overview

7 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The right hand column is the lsquoSupplementrsquo content All candidates who you think are likely to achieve a good

Grade C or above should cover all of this as well as the Core The Core plus Supplement makes up the

Extended content This will be tested only in Papers 2 and 4

142 Syllabus contentThe syllabus content has five main sections

1 General Physics

2 Thermal Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

4 Electricity and magnetism

5 Atomic physics

These sections vary in their amount of content

15 Practical assessmentSection 7 of the syllabus covers the alternative ways of assessing practical skills in some detail Paper 5

involves actually carrying out practical work in a practical examination at the end of the course Paper 6 is a

written paper designed to assess the same practical skills

The following points must be noted

bull the same assessment objectives apply

bull the same practical skills are to be learned and developed

bull the same sequence of practical activities during the course is appropriate

In section 71 of the syllabus there is a list of apparatus that may be required by candidates entering for

Paper 5 The availability of this apparatus should be checked before entering candidates for the practical

examination The confidential Instructions sent by Cambridge a few weeks before the examination will

provide details of the exact requirements

The Cambridge teachersrsquo website (httpteacherscieorguk) has further very helpful information about

Practical Physics under the heading lsquoPractical Physics Notes ndash Addendum to Syllabusrsquo This contains a list

of apparatus that is typically used to teach the IGCSE Physics syllabus and more advice relating to Papers 5

and 6

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 2: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 255

Cambridge International Examinations retains the copyright on all its publications Registered Centres are

permitted to copy material from this booklet for their own internal use However we cannot give permission

to Centres to photocopy any material that is acknowledged to a third party even for internal use within a

Centre

reg IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations

copy Cambridge International Examinations February 2015

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 355

Contents

Introduction 2The purpose of the teacher guide

What do I need to get started

Section 1 Syllabus overview 3

11 Aims

12 Assessment objectives

13 The assessment structure

14 Curriculum content

15 Practical assessment

Section 2 Planning the course 8

21 Key factors to consider when planning your course

22 Long-term planning

23 Medium-term planning

24 Short-term planning

Section 3 Planning lessons 11

31 Lesson plans and templates

32 Constructing a lesson plan

33 Re1047298ection and evaluation

Section 4 Classroom practice 13

41 Practical lessons42 Active learning

43 Differentiation

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment 15

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo Reports

52 Command words

Section 6 Resources and support 17

61 Finding and evaluating resources

62 Training

Appendices 18Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 455

Introduction

2 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Introduction

The purpose of the teacher guideThis teacher guide is designed to introduce you to the IGCSE Physics syllabus and support materials from

Cambridge It will help you to organise and plan your teaching It also offers advice and guidance on delivery

classroom practice (including practical work) and preparing your learners for their final assessment

What do I need to get startedWhen planning your course your starting point should be the syllabus which contains a large quantity of

essential information It is most important that you become thoroughly familiar with all parts of the syllabus

document

You then need to devise a scheme of work To do this you need to think how you will organise the timethat you have available to help students to understand and learn all of the facts and concepts required by

the syllabus and to develop the skills ndash such as handling data and planning experiments ndash that are also

required Cambridge provides a sample scheme of work that you could use as a starting point but you will

undoubtedly want to produce your own at some point

Your scheme of work will help you to determine what resources you will require to deliver the course You

need to ensure that you have sufficient laboratory facilities to allow learners to carry out the practical work

that is needed You will also need to build up teaching learning and reference resources such as text books

and worksheets

You should make sure at an early stage that you have access to the secure online support available to

Cambridge teachers Teacher Support at httpteacherscieorguk

This provides a wide range of resources to help you including past examination papers mark schemes

and examiner reports All of these are invaluable in helping you and your learners to understand exactly

what Cambridge expects of candidates in examinations which will help you to prepare your students

appropriately

This guidance document provides suggestions and help with all of these aspects of planning your IGCSE

Physics course

Please have your copy of the most recent syllabus with you as you read through this document as

you will need to refer to it frequently References indicate the relevant pages of the syllabus and alsoother documents to which you should refer as you work through this guide

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 555

Section 1 Syllabus overview

3 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 1 Syllabus overview

11 AimsThe syllabus aims which are not in order of priority are listed at the start of Section 5 in the syllabus

The aims provide you with an overview of what Cambridge expects learners to experience and achieve

as they follow their IGCSE Physics course You should bear these in mind as you plan your scheme of

work Notice that many of the aims relate to attitudes and skills rather than simply the accumulation of

knowledge A Cambridge IGCSE Physics learner should develop attitudes and skills that will be useful in

many areas of their life long after they have taken their IGCSE Physics examinations

12 Assessment objectives

The assessment objectives are statements about what will actually be tested in the final examinations Eachquestion or task that is set in the examination relates to one or more of these assessment objectives (AOs)

All of the IGCSE Science syllabuses have the same three AOs These are

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Each of these AOs has several components

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

Candidates should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of

1 scientific phenomena facts laws definitions concepts theories

2 scientific vocabulary terminology conventions (including symbols quantities and units)

3 scientific instruments and apparatus including techniques of operation and aspects of safety

4 scientific and technological applications with their social economic and environmental applications

The knowledge that learners should acquire is described in the Content section of the syllabus

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

Candidates should be able using oral written symbolic graphical and numerical forms of presentation to

1 locate select organise and present information from a variety of sources

2 translate information from one form to another

3 manipulate numerical and other data

4 use information to identify patterns report trends and draw inferences

5 present reasoned explanations of phenomena patterns and relationships

6 make predictions and propose hypotheses

7 solve problems including some of a quantitative nature

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 655

Section 1 Syllabus overview

4 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Questions testing AO2 will frequently be based on contexts and information that are unfamiliar to

candidates They will require candidates to apply the facts principles and concepts that they have learnt

(specified in the syllabus content) to new situations Candidates need to develop confidence in applying their

knowledge and understanding in a logical way using reasoning or calculation to deduce suitable answers

This means that your course needs to do much more than simply teach learners the material described

in the Content section of the syllabus It must also help them to develop these skills of reasoning and

deduction

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Candidates should be able to

1 demonstrate knowledge of how to safely use techniques apparatus and materials (including following a

sequence of instructions where appropriate)

2 plan experiments and investigations

3 make and record observations measurements and estimates

4 interpret and evaluate experimental observations and data

5 evaluate methods and suggest possible improvements

The development of experimental skills (scientific enquiry skills) should be an important part of your scheme

of work Learners should have the opportunity to do a wide range of practical work throughout their course

Some of this will require laboratory facilities but most practical activities in Physics can be done in a normal

classroom

13 The assessment structureIt is a good idea right from the start of planning your IGCSE Physics course to make sure that you have a

full understanding of how your learners will be assessed by Cambridge at the end of it There are choices

to be made about which papers students can be entered for You do not need to make final decisions about

these straight away ndash they are made when you actually enter your learners for the examinations a few

months before the examination period ndash but you should keep them in mind as you construct your scheme of

work and lesson plans

Each learner will need to take three components called lsquopapersrsquo

Paper 1 or Paper 2

Each candidate takes either Paper 1 (Core) or Paper 2 (Extended) These are multiple-choice papers Thequestions test AO1 and AO2 The Papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed answer sheets are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

Paper 3 or Paper 4

Each candidate takes either Paper 3 (Core) or Paper 4 (Extended) These are both made up of structured

questions which test AO1 and AO2 The papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed papers are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 755

Section 1 Syllabus overview

5 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 1 and 3 are easier than Papers 2 and 4 This is because

Paper 1 tests candidates on their knowledge and understanding of the Core syllabus content only while

Paper 2 tests them on their knowledge and understanding of the Core and Supplement content (See 141

for an explanation of Core and Supplement content)

Paper 3 tends to contain questions that are slightly less demanding in terms of reasoning skills than Paper 4

The questions tend to be shorter contain less reading for candidates and require shorter answers

However many marks candidates obtain on Papers 1 and 3 they cannot achieve more than a Grade C

Candidates taking Papers 2 and 4 can achieve any grade from A down to G

An understanding of the differences between these papers will help you to decide on whether you will

teach both the Core and Supplement syllabus content or the Core only Candidates who are unlikely to get

a Grade C are likely to achieve a better grade if they study only the Core and take Papers 1 and 3 However

candidates who you think stand a good chance of achieving a Grade C or above should study both Core

and Supplement (known as the lsquoExtended Curriculumrsquo) and take Papers 2 and 4 This is also important for

candidates who are likely to want to continue their studies of Physics beyond IGCSE

Paper 5 or Paper 6

Each candidate takes either Paper 5 or Paper 6 These test AO3 Experimental skills and investigations (See

also section 15 Practical assessment)

Paper 5 is a practical examination The paper typically consists of four questions three of which will require

the use of apparatus

Several weeks before the examination is taken Cambridge will send you a list of apparatus that you need to

supply During the examination your candidates will work in a laboratory each with their own working space

and set of apparatus under strict examination conditions They will write their answers in an examination

paper just as they would for a theory examination The examination paper is sent back to Cambridge to be

marked

Paper 6 is a written paper The questions test the same experimental skills as Paper 5 and contains many of

the same question parts The paper is taken in a normal examination room and is sent to Cambridge to be

marked

Weightings

The lsquoweightingrsquo of a paper tells you the relative importance of that paper in deciding the candidatersquos overall

mark and final grade The table below summarises the weightings of the three components that a candidate

will take at the end of their course

Paper Weighting

Paper 1 or 2 30

Paper 3 or 4 50

Paper 5 or 6 20

You will remember that Papers 1 2 3 and 4 test largely AO1 and AO2

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 855

Section 1 Syllabus overview

6 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The table below summarises how the three assessment objectives are tested in the three examination

components It also shows the weighting of the three AOs in the whole examination

Assessment

objective

Paper 1

and 2

Paper 3

and 4

Paper 5

and 6

Weighting of

AO in overallqualification

AO1 Knowledge with

understanding

63 63 ndash 50

AO2 Handling

information and

problem solving

37 37 ndash 30

AO3 Experimental

skills and

investigations

ndash ndash 100 20

Weighting of paper in

overall examination

30 50 20

If you look at the final column of the table above you can see that

bull Assessment Objective 1 makes up 50 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 2 makes up 30 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 3 makes up 20 of the whole assessment

This means that only half of the total marks in the three examination papers are for knowledge and

understanding of the syllabus content Half of the marks are for being able to use this knowledge and

understanding in new contexts and for experimental skills It is essential to bear this in mind as you plan

your IGCSE Physics course You need to spend at least as much time helping students to develop their AO2

and AO3 skills as in helping them to learn facts and concepts

14 Curriculum contentThe largest section in the syllabus is Section 6 Syllabus content It is here that you will find details of

exactly what your learners need to know and understand by the end of the course It is presented as a

series of bullet points (learning objectives) which state clearly what candidates should be able to do in theexamination papers that they take at the end of their course Each question that is included in the papers

tests one or more of these learning objectives Learning objectives for the practical and experimental skills

that your learners will also need to be taught are listed in Section 7 of the syllabus

You should read each learning objective very carefully Each one gives you clear guidance about exactly

what candidates should learn

141 Core and Supplement

One of the first things you will notice about the syllabus content is that it is presented in two columns

The left hand column is the lsquoCorersquo content All candidates need to cover all of this This will be tested in all

papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 955

Section 1 Syllabus overview

7 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The right hand column is the lsquoSupplementrsquo content All candidates who you think are likely to achieve a good

Grade C or above should cover all of this as well as the Core The Core plus Supplement makes up the

Extended content This will be tested only in Papers 2 and 4

142 Syllabus contentThe syllabus content has five main sections

1 General Physics

2 Thermal Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

4 Electricity and magnetism

5 Atomic physics

These sections vary in their amount of content

15 Practical assessmentSection 7 of the syllabus covers the alternative ways of assessing practical skills in some detail Paper 5

involves actually carrying out practical work in a practical examination at the end of the course Paper 6 is a

written paper designed to assess the same practical skills

The following points must be noted

bull the same assessment objectives apply

bull the same practical skills are to be learned and developed

bull the same sequence of practical activities during the course is appropriate

In section 71 of the syllabus there is a list of apparatus that may be required by candidates entering for

Paper 5 The availability of this apparatus should be checked before entering candidates for the practical

examination The confidential Instructions sent by Cambridge a few weeks before the examination will

provide details of the exact requirements

The Cambridge teachersrsquo website (httpteacherscieorguk) has further very helpful information about

Practical Physics under the heading lsquoPractical Physics Notes ndash Addendum to Syllabusrsquo This contains a list

of apparatus that is typically used to teach the IGCSE Physics syllabus and more advice relating to Papers 5

and 6

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 3: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 355

Contents

Introduction 2The purpose of the teacher guide

What do I need to get started

Section 1 Syllabus overview 3

11 Aims

12 Assessment objectives

13 The assessment structure

14 Curriculum content

15 Practical assessment

Section 2 Planning the course 8

21 Key factors to consider when planning your course

22 Long-term planning

23 Medium-term planning

24 Short-term planning

Section 3 Planning lessons 11

31 Lesson plans and templates

32 Constructing a lesson plan

33 Re1047298ection and evaluation

Section 4 Classroom practice 13

41 Practical lessons42 Active learning

43 Differentiation

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment 15

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo Reports

52 Command words

Section 6 Resources and support 17

61 Finding and evaluating resources

62 Training

Appendices 18Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 455

Introduction

2 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Introduction

The purpose of the teacher guideThis teacher guide is designed to introduce you to the IGCSE Physics syllabus and support materials from

Cambridge It will help you to organise and plan your teaching It also offers advice and guidance on delivery

classroom practice (including practical work) and preparing your learners for their final assessment

What do I need to get startedWhen planning your course your starting point should be the syllabus which contains a large quantity of

essential information It is most important that you become thoroughly familiar with all parts of the syllabus

document

You then need to devise a scheme of work To do this you need to think how you will organise the timethat you have available to help students to understand and learn all of the facts and concepts required by

the syllabus and to develop the skills ndash such as handling data and planning experiments ndash that are also

required Cambridge provides a sample scheme of work that you could use as a starting point but you will

undoubtedly want to produce your own at some point

Your scheme of work will help you to determine what resources you will require to deliver the course You

need to ensure that you have sufficient laboratory facilities to allow learners to carry out the practical work

that is needed You will also need to build up teaching learning and reference resources such as text books

and worksheets

You should make sure at an early stage that you have access to the secure online support available to

Cambridge teachers Teacher Support at httpteacherscieorguk

This provides a wide range of resources to help you including past examination papers mark schemes

and examiner reports All of these are invaluable in helping you and your learners to understand exactly

what Cambridge expects of candidates in examinations which will help you to prepare your students

appropriately

This guidance document provides suggestions and help with all of these aspects of planning your IGCSE

Physics course

Please have your copy of the most recent syllabus with you as you read through this document as

you will need to refer to it frequently References indicate the relevant pages of the syllabus and alsoother documents to which you should refer as you work through this guide

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 555

Section 1 Syllabus overview

3 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 1 Syllabus overview

11 AimsThe syllabus aims which are not in order of priority are listed at the start of Section 5 in the syllabus

The aims provide you with an overview of what Cambridge expects learners to experience and achieve

as they follow their IGCSE Physics course You should bear these in mind as you plan your scheme of

work Notice that many of the aims relate to attitudes and skills rather than simply the accumulation of

knowledge A Cambridge IGCSE Physics learner should develop attitudes and skills that will be useful in

many areas of their life long after they have taken their IGCSE Physics examinations

12 Assessment objectives

The assessment objectives are statements about what will actually be tested in the final examinations Eachquestion or task that is set in the examination relates to one or more of these assessment objectives (AOs)

All of the IGCSE Science syllabuses have the same three AOs These are

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Each of these AOs has several components

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

Candidates should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of

1 scientific phenomena facts laws definitions concepts theories

2 scientific vocabulary terminology conventions (including symbols quantities and units)

3 scientific instruments and apparatus including techniques of operation and aspects of safety

4 scientific and technological applications with their social economic and environmental applications

The knowledge that learners should acquire is described in the Content section of the syllabus

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

Candidates should be able using oral written symbolic graphical and numerical forms of presentation to

1 locate select organise and present information from a variety of sources

2 translate information from one form to another

3 manipulate numerical and other data

4 use information to identify patterns report trends and draw inferences

5 present reasoned explanations of phenomena patterns and relationships

6 make predictions and propose hypotheses

7 solve problems including some of a quantitative nature

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 655

Section 1 Syllabus overview

4 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Questions testing AO2 will frequently be based on contexts and information that are unfamiliar to

candidates They will require candidates to apply the facts principles and concepts that they have learnt

(specified in the syllabus content) to new situations Candidates need to develop confidence in applying their

knowledge and understanding in a logical way using reasoning or calculation to deduce suitable answers

This means that your course needs to do much more than simply teach learners the material described

in the Content section of the syllabus It must also help them to develop these skills of reasoning and

deduction

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Candidates should be able to

1 demonstrate knowledge of how to safely use techniques apparatus and materials (including following a

sequence of instructions where appropriate)

2 plan experiments and investigations

3 make and record observations measurements and estimates

4 interpret and evaluate experimental observations and data

5 evaluate methods and suggest possible improvements

The development of experimental skills (scientific enquiry skills) should be an important part of your scheme

of work Learners should have the opportunity to do a wide range of practical work throughout their course

Some of this will require laboratory facilities but most practical activities in Physics can be done in a normal

classroom

13 The assessment structureIt is a good idea right from the start of planning your IGCSE Physics course to make sure that you have a

full understanding of how your learners will be assessed by Cambridge at the end of it There are choices

to be made about which papers students can be entered for You do not need to make final decisions about

these straight away ndash they are made when you actually enter your learners for the examinations a few

months before the examination period ndash but you should keep them in mind as you construct your scheme of

work and lesson plans

Each learner will need to take three components called lsquopapersrsquo

Paper 1 or Paper 2

Each candidate takes either Paper 1 (Core) or Paper 2 (Extended) These are multiple-choice papers Thequestions test AO1 and AO2 The Papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed answer sheets are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

Paper 3 or Paper 4

Each candidate takes either Paper 3 (Core) or Paper 4 (Extended) These are both made up of structured

questions which test AO1 and AO2 The papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed papers are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 755

Section 1 Syllabus overview

5 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 1 and 3 are easier than Papers 2 and 4 This is because

Paper 1 tests candidates on their knowledge and understanding of the Core syllabus content only while

Paper 2 tests them on their knowledge and understanding of the Core and Supplement content (See 141

for an explanation of Core and Supplement content)

Paper 3 tends to contain questions that are slightly less demanding in terms of reasoning skills than Paper 4

The questions tend to be shorter contain less reading for candidates and require shorter answers

However many marks candidates obtain on Papers 1 and 3 they cannot achieve more than a Grade C

Candidates taking Papers 2 and 4 can achieve any grade from A down to G

An understanding of the differences between these papers will help you to decide on whether you will

teach both the Core and Supplement syllabus content or the Core only Candidates who are unlikely to get

a Grade C are likely to achieve a better grade if they study only the Core and take Papers 1 and 3 However

candidates who you think stand a good chance of achieving a Grade C or above should study both Core

and Supplement (known as the lsquoExtended Curriculumrsquo) and take Papers 2 and 4 This is also important for

candidates who are likely to want to continue their studies of Physics beyond IGCSE

Paper 5 or Paper 6

Each candidate takes either Paper 5 or Paper 6 These test AO3 Experimental skills and investigations (See

also section 15 Practical assessment)

Paper 5 is a practical examination The paper typically consists of four questions three of which will require

the use of apparatus

Several weeks before the examination is taken Cambridge will send you a list of apparatus that you need to

supply During the examination your candidates will work in a laboratory each with their own working space

and set of apparatus under strict examination conditions They will write their answers in an examination

paper just as they would for a theory examination The examination paper is sent back to Cambridge to be

marked

Paper 6 is a written paper The questions test the same experimental skills as Paper 5 and contains many of

the same question parts The paper is taken in a normal examination room and is sent to Cambridge to be

marked

Weightings

The lsquoweightingrsquo of a paper tells you the relative importance of that paper in deciding the candidatersquos overall

mark and final grade The table below summarises the weightings of the three components that a candidate

will take at the end of their course

Paper Weighting

Paper 1 or 2 30

Paper 3 or 4 50

Paper 5 or 6 20

You will remember that Papers 1 2 3 and 4 test largely AO1 and AO2

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 855

Section 1 Syllabus overview

6 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The table below summarises how the three assessment objectives are tested in the three examination

components It also shows the weighting of the three AOs in the whole examination

Assessment

objective

Paper 1

and 2

Paper 3

and 4

Paper 5

and 6

Weighting of

AO in overallqualification

AO1 Knowledge with

understanding

63 63 ndash 50

AO2 Handling

information and

problem solving

37 37 ndash 30

AO3 Experimental

skills and

investigations

ndash ndash 100 20

Weighting of paper in

overall examination

30 50 20

If you look at the final column of the table above you can see that

bull Assessment Objective 1 makes up 50 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 2 makes up 30 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 3 makes up 20 of the whole assessment

This means that only half of the total marks in the three examination papers are for knowledge and

understanding of the syllabus content Half of the marks are for being able to use this knowledge and

understanding in new contexts and for experimental skills It is essential to bear this in mind as you plan

your IGCSE Physics course You need to spend at least as much time helping students to develop their AO2

and AO3 skills as in helping them to learn facts and concepts

14 Curriculum contentThe largest section in the syllabus is Section 6 Syllabus content It is here that you will find details of

exactly what your learners need to know and understand by the end of the course It is presented as a

series of bullet points (learning objectives) which state clearly what candidates should be able to do in theexamination papers that they take at the end of their course Each question that is included in the papers

tests one or more of these learning objectives Learning objectives for the practical and experimental skills

that your learners will also need to be taught are listed in Section 7 of the syllabus

You should read each learning objective very carefully Each one gives you clear guidance about exactly

what candidates should learn

141 Core and Supplement

One of the first things you will notice about the syllabus content is that it is presented in two columns

The left hand column is the lsquoCorersquo content All candidates need to cover all of this This will be tested in all

papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 955

Section 1 Syllabus overview

7 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The right hand column is the lsquoSupplementrsquo content All candidates who you think are likely to achieve a good

Grade C or above should cover all of this as well as the Core The Core plus Supplement makes up the

Extended content This will be tested only in Papers 2 and 4

142 Syllabus contentThe syllabus content has five main sections

1 General Physics

2 Thermal Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

4 Electricity and magnetism

5 Atomic physics

These sections vary in their amount of content

15 Practical assessmentSection 7 of the syllabus covers the alternative ways of assessing practical skills in some detail Paper 5

involves actually carrying out practical work in a practical examination at the end of the course Paper 6 is a

written paper designed to assess the same practical skills

The following points must be noted

bull the same assessment objectives apply

bull the same practical skills are to be learned and developed

bull the same sequence of practical activities during the course is appropriate

In section 71 of the syllabus there is a list of apparatus that may be required by candidates entering for

Paper 5 The availability of this apparatus should be checked before entering candidates for the practical

examination The confidential Instructions sent by Cambridge a few weeks before the examination will

provide details of the exact requirements

The Cambridge teachersrsquo website (httpteacherscieorguk) has further very helpful information about

Practical Physics under the heading lsquoPractical Physics Notes ndash Addendum to Syllabusrsquo This contains a list

of apparatus that is typically used to teach the IGCSE Physics syllabus and more advice relating to Papers 5

and 6

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 4: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 455

Introduction

2 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Introduction

The purpose of the teacher guideThis teacher guide is designed to introduce you to the IGCSE Physics syllabus and support materials from

Cambridge It will help you to organise and plan your teaching It also offers advice and guidance on delivery

classroom practice (including practical work) and preparing your learners for their final assessment

What do I need to get startedWhen planning your course your starting point should be the syllabus which contains a large quantity of

essential information It is most important that you become thoroughly familiar with all parts of the syllabus

document

You then need to devise a scheme of work To do this you need to think how you will organise the timethat you have available to help students to understand and learn all of the facts and concepts required by

the syllabus and to develop the skills ndash such as handling data and planning experiments ndash that are also

required Cambridge provides a sample scheme of work that you could use as a starting point but you will

undoubtedly want to produce your own at some point

Your scheme of work will help you to determine what resources you will require to deliver the course You

need to ensure that you have sufficient laboratory facilities to allow learners to carry out the practical work

that is needed You will also need to build up teaching learning and reference resources such as text books

and worksheets

You should make sure at an early stage that you have access to the secure online support available to

Cambridge teachers Teacher Support at httpteacherscieorguk

This provides a wide range of resources to help you including past examination papers mark schemes

and examiner reports All of these are invaluable in helping you and your learners to understand exactly

what Cambridge expects of candidates in examinations which will help you to prepare your students

appropriately

This guidance document provides suggestions and help with all of these aspects of planning your IGCSE

Physics course

Please have your copy of the most recent syllabus with you as you read through this document as

you will need to refer to it frequently References indicate the relevant pages of the syllabus and alsoother documents to which you should refer as you work through this guide

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 555

Section 1 Syllabus overview

3 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 1 Syllabus overview

11 AimsThe syllabus aims which are not in order of priority are listed at the start of Section 5 in the syllabus

The aims provide you with an overview of what Cambridge expects learners to experience and achieve

as they follow their IGCSE Physics course You should bear these in mind as you plan your scheme of

work Notice that many of the aims relate to attitudes and skills rather than simply the accumulation of

knowledge A Cambridge IGCSE Physics learner should develop attitudes and skills that will be useful in

many areas of their life long after they have taken their IGCSE Physics examinations

12 Assessment objectives

The assessment objectives are statements about what will actually be tested in the final examinations Eachquestion or task that is set in the examination relates to one or more of these assessment objectives (AOs)

All of the IGCSE Science syllabuses have the same three AOs These are

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Each of these AOs has several components

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

Candidates should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of

1 scientific phenomena facts laws definitions concepts theories

2 scientific vocabulary terminology conventions (including symbols quantities and units)

3 scientific instruments and apparatus including techniques of operation and aspects of safety

4 scientific and technological applications with their social economic and environmental applications

The knowledge that learners should acquire is described in the Content section of the syllabus

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

Candidates should be able using oral written symbolic graphical and numerical forms of presentation to

1 locate select organise and present information from a variety of sources

2 translate information from one form to another

3 manipulate numerical and other data

4 use information to identify patterns report trends and draw inferences

5 present reasoned explanations of phenomena patterns and relationships

6 make predictions and propose hypotheses

7 solve problems including some of a quantitative nature

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 655

Section 1 Syllabus overview

4 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Questions testing AO2 will frequently be based on contexts and information that are unfamiliar to

candidates They will require candidates to apply the facts principles and concepts that they have learnt

(specified in the syllabus content) to new situations Candidates need to develop confidence in applying their

knowledge and understanding in a logical way using reasoning or calculation to deduce suitable answers

This means that your course needs to do much more than simply teach learners the material described

in the Content section of the syllabus It must also help them to develop these skills of reasoning and

deduction

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Candidates should be able to

1 demonstrate knowledge of how to safely use techniques apparatus and materials (including following a

sequence of instructions where appropriate)

2 plan experiments and investigations

3 make and record observations measurements and estimates

4 interpret and evaluate experimental observations and data

5 evaluate methods and suggest possible improvements

The development of experimental skills (scientific enquiry skills) should be an important part of your scheme

of work Learners should have the opportunity to do a wide range of practical work throughout their course

Some of this will require laboratory facilities but most practical activities in Physics can be done in a normal

classroom

13 The assessment structureIt is a good idea right from the start of planning your IGCSE Physics course to make sure that you have a

full understanding of how your learners will be assessed by Cambridge at the end of it There are choices

to be made about which papers students can be entered for You do not need to make final decisions about

these straight away ndash they are made when you actually enter your learners for the examinations a few

months before the examination period ndash but you should keep them in mind as you construct your scheme of

work and lesson plans

Each learner will need to take three components called lsquopapersrsquo

Paper 1 or Paper 2

Each candidate takes either Paper 1 (Core) or Paper 2 (Extended) These are multiple-choice papers Thequestions test AO1 and AO2 The Papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed answer sheets are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

Paper 3 or Paper 4

Each candidate takes either Paper 3 (Core) or Paper 4 (Extended) These are both made up of structured

questions which test AO1 and AO2 The papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed papers are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 755

Section 1 Syllabus overview

5 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 1 and 3 are easier than Papers 2 and 4 This is because

Paper 1 tests candidates on their knowledge and understanding of the Core syllabus content only while

Paper 2 tests them on their knowledge and understanding of the Core and Supplement content (See 141

for an explanation of Core and Supplement content)

Paper 3 tends to contain questions that are slightly less demanding in terms of reasoning skills than Paper 4

The questions tend to be shorter contain less reading for candidates and require shorter answers

However many marks candidates obtain on Papers 1 and 3 they cannot achieve more than a Grade C

Candidates taking Papers 2 and 4 can achieve any grade from A down to G

An understanding of the differences between these papers will help you to decide on whether you will

teach both the Core and Supplement syllabus content or the Core only Candidates who are unlikely to get

a Grade C are likely to achieve a better grade if they study only the Core and take Papers 1 and 3 However

candidates who you think stand a good chance of achieving a Grade C or above should study both Core

and Supplement (known as the lsquoExtended Curriculumrsquo) and take Papers 2 and 4 This is also important for

candidates who are likely to want to continue their studies of Physics beyond IGCSE

Paper 5 or Paper 6

Each candidate takes either Paper 5 or Paper 6 These test AO3 Experimental skills and investigations (See

also section 15 Practical assessment)

Paper 5 is a practical examination The paper typically consists of four questions three of which will require

the use of apparatus

Several weeks before the examination is taken Cambridge will send you a list of apparatus that you need to

supply During the examination your candidates will work in a laboratory each with their own working space

and set of apparatus under strict examination conditions They will write their answers in an examination

paper just as they would for a theory examination The examination paper is sent back to Cambridge to be

marked

Paper 6 is a written paper The questions test the same experimental skills as Paper 5 and contains many of

the same question parts The paper is taken in a normal examination room and is sent to Cambridge to be

marked

Weightings

The lsquoweightingrsquo of a paper tells you the relative importance of that paper in deciding the candidatersquos overall

mark and final grade The table below summarises the weightings of the three components that a candidate

will take at the end of their course

Paper Weighting

Paper 1 or 2 30

Paper 3 or 4 50

Paper 5 or 6 20

You will remember that Papers 1 2 3 and 4 test largely AO1 and AO2

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 855

Section 1 Syllabus overview

6 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The table below summarises how the three assessment objectives are tested in the three examination

components It also shows the weighting of the three AOs in the whole examination

Assessment

objective

Paper 1

and 2

Paper 3

and 4

Paper 5

and 6

Weighting of

AO in overallqualification

AO1 Knowledge with

understanding

63 63 ndash 50

AO2 Handling

information and

problem solving

37 37 ndash 30

AO3 Experimental

skills and

investigations

ndash ndash 100 20

Weighting of paper in

overall examination

30 50 20

If you look at the final column of the table above you can see that

bull Assessment Objective 1 makes up 50 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 2 makes up 30 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 3 makes up 20 of the whole assessment

This means that only half of the total marks in the three examination papers are for knowledge and

understanding of the syllabus content Half of the marks are for being able to use this knowledge and

understanding in new contexts and for experimental skills It is essential to bear this in mind as you plan

your IGCSE Physics course You need to spend at least as much time helping students to develop their AO2

and AO3 skills as in helping them to learn facts and concepts

14 Curriculum contentThe largest section in the syllabus is Section 6 Syllabus content It is here that you will find details of

exactly what your learners need to know and understand by the end of the course It is presented as a

series of bullet points (learning objectives) which state clearly what candidates should be able to do in theexamination papers that they take at the end of their course Each question that is included in the papers

tests one or more of these learning objectives Learning objectives for the practical and experimental skills

that your learners will also need to be taught are listed in Section 7 of the syllabus

You should read each learning objective very carefully Each one gives you clear guidance about exactly

what candidates should learn

141 Core and Supplement

One of the first things you will notice about the syllabus content is that it is presented in two columns

The left hand column is the lsquoCorersquo content All candidates need to cover all of this This will be tested in all

papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 955

Section 1 Syllabus overview

7 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The right hand column is the lsquoSupplementrsquo content All candidates who you think are likely to achieve a good

Grade C or above should cover all of this as well as the Core The Core plus Supplement makes up the

Extended content This will be tested only in Papers 2 and 4

142 Syllabus contentThe syllabus content has five main sections

1 General Physics

2 Thermal Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

4 Electricity and magnetism

5 Atomic physics

These sections vary in their amount of content

15 Practical assessmentSection 7 of the syllabus covers the alternative ways of assessing practical skills in some detail Paper 5

involves actually carrying out practical work in a practical examination at the end of the course Paper 6 is a

written paper designed to assess the same practical skills

The following points must be noted

bull the same assessment objectives apply

bull the same practical skills are to be learned and developed

bull the same sequence of practical activities during the course is appropriate

In section 71 of the syllabus there is a list of apparatus that may be required by candidates entering for

Paper 5 The availability of this apparatus should be checked before entering candidates for the practical

examination The confidential Instructions sent by Cambridge a few weeks before the examination will

provide details of the exact requirements

The Cambridge teachersrsquo website (httpteacherscieorguk) has further very helpful information about

Practical Physics under the heading lsquoPractical Physics Notes ndash Addendum to Syllabusrsquo This contains a list

of apparatus that is typically used to teach the IGCSE Physics syllabus and more advice relating to Papers 5

and 6

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 5: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 555

Section 1 Syllabus overview

3 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 1 Syllabus overview

11 AimsThe syllabus aims which are not in order of priority are listed at the start of Section 5 in the syllabus

The aims provide you with an overview of what Cambridge expects learners to experience and achieve

as they follow their IGCSE Physics course You should bear these in mind as you plan your scheme of

work Notice that many of the aims relate to attitudes and skills rather than simply the accumulation of

knowledge A Cambridge IGCSE Physics learner should develop attitudes and skills that will be useful in

many areas of their life long after they have taken their IGCSE Physics examinations

12 Assessment objectives

The assessment objectives are statements about what will actually be tested in the final examinations Eachquestion or task that is set in the examination relates to one or more of these assessment objectives (AOs)

All of the IGCSE Science syllabuses have the same three AOs These are

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Each of these AOs has several components

AO1 Knowledge with understanding

Candidates should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of

1 scientific phenomena facts laws definitions concepts theories

2 scientific vocabulary terminology conventions (including symbols quantities and units)

3 scientific instruments and apparatus including techniques of operation and aspects of safety

4 scientific and technological applications with their social economic and environmental applications

The knowledge that learners should acquire is described in the Content section of the syllabus

AO2 Handling information and problem solving

Candidates should be able using oral written symbolic graphical and numerical forms of presentation to

1 locate select organise and present information from a variety of sources

2 translate information from one form to another

3 manipulate numerical and other data

4 use information to identify patterns report trends and draw inferences

5 present reasoned explanations of phenomena patterns and relationships

6 make predictions and propose hypotheses

7 solve problems including some of a quantitative nature

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 655

Section 1 Syllabus overview

4 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Questions testing AO2 will frequently be based on contexts and information that are unfamiliar to

candidates They will require candidates to apply the facts principles and concepts that they have learnt

(specified in the syllabus content) to new situations Candidates need to develop confidence in applying their

knowledge and understanding in a logical way using reasoning or calculation to deduce suitable answers

This means that your course needs to do much more than simply teach learners the material described

in the Content section of the syllabus It must also help them to develop these skills of reasoning and

deduction

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Candidates should be able to

1 demonstrate knowledge of how to safely use techniques apparatus and materials (including following a

sequence of instructions where appropriate)

2 plan experiments and investigations

3 make and record observations measurements and estimates

4 interpret and evaluate experimental observations and data

5 evaluate methods and suggest possible improvements

The development of experimental skills (scientific enquiry skills) should be an important part of your scheme

of work Learners should have the opportunity to do a wide range of practical work throughout their course

Some of this will require laboratory facilities but most practical activities in Physics can be done in a normal

classroom

13 The assessment structureIt is a good idea right from the start of planning your IGCSE Physics course to make sure that you have a

full understanding of how your learners will be assessed by Cambridge at the end of it There are choices

to be made about which papers students can be entered for You do not need to make final decisions about

these straight away ndash they are made when you actually enter your learners for the examinations a few

months before the examination period ndash but you should keep them in mind as you construct your scheme of

work and lesson plans

Each learner will need to take three components called lsquopapersrsquo

Paper 1 or Paper 2

Each candidate takes either Paper 1 (Core) or Paper 2 (Extended) These are multiple-choice papers Thequestions test AO1 and AO2 The Papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed answer sheets are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

Paper 3 or Paper 4

Each candidate takes either Paper 3 (Core) or Paper 4 (Extended) These are both made up of structured

questions which test AO1 and AO2 The papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed papers are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 755

Section 1 Syllabus overview

5 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 1 and 3 are easier than Papers 2 and 4 This is because

Paper 1 tests candidates on their knowledge and understanding of the Core syllabus content only while

Paper 2 tests them on their knowledge and understanding of the Core and Supplement content (See 141

for an explanation of Core and Supplement content)

Paper 3 tends to contain questions that are slightly less demanding in terms of reasoning skills than Paper 4

The questions tend to be shorter contain less reading for candidates and require shorter answers

However many marks candidates obtain on Papers 1 and 3 they cannot achieve more than a Grade C

Candidates taking Papers 2 and 4 can achieve any grade from A down to G

An understanding of the differences between these papers will help you to decide on whether you will

teach both the Core and Supplement syllabus content or the Core only Candidates who are unlikely to get

a Grade C are likely to achieve a better grade if they study only the Core and take Papers 1 and 3 However

candidates who you think stand a good chance of achieving a Grade C or above should study both Core

and Supplement (known as the lsquoExtended Curriculumrsquo) and take Papers 2 and 4 This is also important for

candidates who are likely to want to continue their studies of Physics beyond IGCSE

Paper 5 or Paper 6

Each candidate takes either Paper 5 or Paper 6 These test AO3 Experimental skills and investigations (See

also section 15 Practical assessment)

Paper 5 is a practical examination The paper typically consists of four questions three of which will require

the use of apparatus

Several weeks before the examination is taken Cambridge will send you a list of apparatus that you need to

supply During the examination your candidates will work in a laboratory each with their own working space

and set of apparatus under strict examination conditions They will write their answers in an examination

paper just as they would for a theory examination The examination paper is sent back to Cambridge to be

marked

Paper 6 is a written paper The questions test the same experimental skills as Paper 5 and contains many of

the same question parts The paper is taken in a normal examination room and is sent to Cambridge to be

marked

Weightings

The lsquoweightingrsquo of a paper tells you the relative importance of that paper in deciding the candidatersquos overall

mark and final grade The table below summarises the weightings of the three components that a candidate

will take at the end of their course

Paper Weighting

Paper 1 or 2 30

Paper 3 or 4 50

Paper 5 or 6 20

You will remember that Papers 1 2 3 and 4 test largely AO1 and AO2

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 855

Section 1 Syllabus overview

6 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The table below summarises how the three assessment objectives are tested in the three examination

components It also shows the weighting of the three AOs in the whole examination

Assessment

objective

Paper 1

and 2

Paper 3

and 4

Paper 5

and 6

Weighting of

AO in overallqualification

AO1 Knowledge with

understanding

63 63 ndash 50

AO2 Handling

information and

problem solving

37 37 ndash 30

AO3 Experimental

skills and

investigations

ndash ndash 100 20

Weighting of paper in

overall examination

30 50 20

If you look at the final column of the table above you can see that

bull Assessment Objective 1 makes up 50 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 2 makes up 30 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 3 makes up 20 of the whole assessment

This means that only half of the total marks in the three examination papers are for knowledge and

understanding of the syllabus content Half of the marks are for being able to use this knowledge and

understanding in new contexts and for experimental skills It is essential to bear this in mind as you plan

your IGCSE Physics course You need to spend at least as much time helping students to develop their AO2

and AO3 skills as in helping them to learn facts and concepts

14 Curriculum contentThe largest section in the syllabus is Section 6 Syllabus content It is here that you will find details of

exactly what your learners need to know and understand by the end of the course It is presented as a

series of bullet points (learning objectives) which state clearly what candidates should be able to do in theexamination papers that they take at the end of their course Each question that is included in the papers

tests one or more of these learning objectives Learning objectives for the practical and experimental skills

that your learners will also need to be taught are listed in Section 7 of the syllabus

You should read each learning objective very carefully Each one gives you clear guidance about exactly

what candidates should learn

141 Core and Supplement

One of the first things you will notice about the syllabus content is that it is presented in two columns

The left hand column is the lsquoCorersquo content All candidates need to cover all of this This will be tested in all

papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 955

Section 1 Syllabus overview

7 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The right hand column is the lsquoSupplementrsquo content All candidates who you think are likely to achieve a good

Grade C or above should cover all of this as well as the Core The Core plus Supplement makes up the

Extended content This will be tested only in Papers 2 and 4

142 Syllabus contentThe syllabus content has five main sections

1 General Physics

2 Thermal Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

4 Electricity and magnetism

5 Atomic physics

These sections vary in their amount of content

15 Practical assessmentSection 7 of the syllabus covers the alternative ways of assessing practical skills in some detail Paper 5

involves actually carrying out practical work in a practical examination at the end of the course Paper 6 is a

written paper designed to assess the same practical skills

The following points must be noted

bull the same assessment objectives apply

bull the same practical skills are to be learned and developed

bull the same sequence of practical activities during the course is appropriate

In section 71 of the syllabus there is a list of apparatus that may be required by candidates entering for

Paper 5 The availability of this apparatus should be checked before entering candidates for the practical

examination The confidential Instructions sent by Cambridge a few weeks before the examination will

provide details of the exact requirements

The Cambridge teachersrsquo website (httpteacherscieorguk) has further very helpful information about

Practical Physics under the heading lsquoPractical Physics Notes ndash Addendum to Syllabusrsquo This contains a list

of apparatus that is typically used to teach the IGCSE Physics syllabus and more advice relating to Papers 5

and 6

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 6: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 655

Section 1 Syllabus overview

4 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Questions testing AO2 will frequently be based on contexts and information that are unfamiliar to

candidates They will require candidates to apply the facts principles and concepts that they have learnt

(specified in the syllabus content) to new situations Candidates need to develop confidence in applying their

knowledge and understanding in a logical way using reasoning or calculation to deduce suitable answers

This means that your course needs to do much more than simply teach learners the material described

in the Content section of the syllabus It must also help them to develop these skills of reasoning and

deduction

AO3 Experimental skills and investigations

Candidates should be able to

1 demonstrate knowledge of how to safely use techniques apparatus and materials (including following a

sequence of instructions where appropriate)

2 plan experiments and investigations

3 make and record observations measurements and estimates

4 interpret and evaluate experimental observations and data

5 evaluate methods and suggest possible improvements

The development of experimental skills (scientific enquiry skills) should be an important part of your scheme

of work Learners should have the opportunity to do a wide range of practical work throughout their course

Some of this will require laboratory facilities but most practical activities in Physics can be done in a normal

classroom

13 The assessment structureIt is a good idea right from the start of planning your IGCSE Physics course to make sure that you have a

full understanding of how your learners will be assessed by Cambridge at the end of it There are choices

to be made about which papers students can be entered for You do not need to make final decisions about

these straight away ndash they are made when you actually enter your learners for the examinations a few

months before the examination period ndash but you should keep them in mind as you construct your scheme of

work and lesson plans

Each learner will need to take three components called lsquopapersrsquo

Paper 1 or Paper 2

Each candidate takes either Paper 1 (Core) or Paper 2 (Extended) These are multiple-choice papers Thequestions test AO1 and AO2 The Papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed answer sheets are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

Paper 3 or Paper 4

Each candidate takes either Paper 3 (Core) or Paper 4 (Extended) These are both made up of structured

questions which test AO1 and AO2 The papers are taken in an examination room under strict examination

conditions The completed papers are sent to Cambridge to be marked

You need to be aware of the differences between these two papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 755

Section 1 Syllabus overview

5 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 1 and 3 are easier than Papers 2 and 4 This is because

Paper 1 tests candidates on their knowledge and understanding of the Core syllabus content only while

Paper 2 tests them on their knowledge and understanding of the Core and Supplement content (See 141

for an explanation of Core and Supplement content)

Paper 3 tends to contain questions that are slightly less demanding in terms of reasoning skills than Paper 4

The questions tend to be shorter contain less reading for candidates and require shorter answers

However many marks candidates obtain on Papers 1 and 3 they cannot achieve more than a Grade C

Candidates taking Papers 2 and 4 can achieve any grade from A down to G

An understanding of the differences between these papers will help you to decide on whether you will

teach both the Core and Supplement syllabus content or the Core only Candidates who are unlikely to get

a Grade C are likely to achieve a better grade if they study only the Core and take Papers 1 and 3 However

candidates who you think stand a good chance of achieving a Grade C or above should study both Core

and Supplement (known as the lsquoExtended Curriculumrsquo) and take Papers 2 and 4 This is also important for

candidates who are likely to want to continue their studies of Physics beyond IGCSE

Paper 5 or Paper 6

Each candidate takes either Paper 5 or Paper 6 These test AO3 Experimental skills and investigations (See

also section 15 Practical assessment)

Paper 5 is a practical examination The paper typically consists of four questions three of which will require

the use of apparatus

Several weeks before the examination is taken Cambridge will send you a list of apparatus that you need to

supply During the examination your candidates will work in a laboratory each with their own working space

and set of apparatus under strict examination conditions They will write their answers in an examination

paper just as they would for a theory examination The examination paper is sent back to Cambridge to be

marked

Paper 6 is a written paper The questions test the same experimental skills as Paper 5 and contains many of

the same question parts The paper is taken in a normal examination room and is sent to Cambridge to be

marked

Weightings

The lsquoweightingrsquo of a paper tells you the relative importance of that paper in deciding the candidatersquos overall

mark and final grade The table below summarises the weightings of the three components that a candidate

will take at the end of their course

Paper Weighting

Paper 1 or 2 30

Paper 3 or 4 50

Paper 5 or 6 20

You will remember that Papers 1 2 3 and 4 test largely AO1 and AO2

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 855

Section 1 Syllabus overview

6 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The table below summarises how the three assessment objectives are tested in the three examination

components It also shows the weighting of the three AOs in the whole examination

Assessment

objective

Paper 1

and 2

Paper 3

and 4

Paper 5

and 6

Weighting of

AO in overallqualification

AO1 Knowledge with

understanding

63 63 ndash 50

AO2 Handling

information and

problem solving

37 37 ndash 30

AO3 Experimental

skills and

investigations

ndash ndash 100 20

Weighting of paper in

overall examination

30 50 20

If you look at the final column of the table above you can see that

bull Assessment Objective 1 makes up 50 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 2 makes up 30 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 3 makes up 20 of the whole assessment

This means that only half of the total marks in the three examination papers are for knowledge and

understanding of the syllabus content Half of the marks are for being able to use this knowledge and

understanding in new contexts and for experimental skills It is essential to bear this in mind as you plan

your IGCSE Physics course You need to spend at least as much time helping students to develop their AO2

and AO3 skills as in helping them to learn facts and concepts

14 Curriculum contentThe largest section in the syllabus is Section 6 Syllabus content It is here that you will find details of

exactly what your learners need to know and understand by the end of the course It is presented as a

series of bullet points (learning objectives) which state clearly what candidates should be able to do in theexamination papers that they take at the end of their course Each question that is included in the papers

tests one or more of these learning objectives Learning objectives for the practical and experimental skills

that your learners will also need to be taught are listed in Section 7 of the syllabus

You should read each learning objective very carefully Each one gives you clear guidance about exactly

what candidates should learn

141 Core and Supplement

One of the first things you will notice about the syllabus content is that it is presented in two columns

The left hand column is the lsquoCorersquo content All candidates need to cover all of this This will be tested in all

papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 955

Section 1 Syllabus overview

7 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The right hand column is the lsquoSupplementrsquo content All candidates who you think are likely to achieve a good

Grade C or above should cover all of this as well as the Core The Core plus Supplement makes up the

Extended content This will be tested only in Papers 2 and 4

142 Syllabus contentThe syllabus content has five main sections

1 General Physics

2 Thermal Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

4 Electricity and magnetism

5 Atomic physics

These sections vary in their amount of content

15 Practical assessmentSection 7 of the syllabus covers the alternative ways of assessing practical skills in some detail Paper 5

involves actually carrying out practical work in a practical examination at the end of the course Paper 6 is a

written paper designed to assess the same practical skills

The following points must be noted

bull the same assessment objectives apply

bull the same practical skills are to be learned and developed

bull the same sequence of practical activities during the course is appropriate

In section 71 of the syllabus there is a list of apparatus that may be required by candidates entering for

Paper 5 The availability of this apparatus should be checked before entering candidates for the practical

examination The confidential Instructions sent by Cambridge a few weeks before the examination will

provide details of the exact requirements

The Cambridge teachersrsquo website (httpteacherscieorguk) has further very helpful information about

Practical Physics under the heading lsquoPractical Physics Notes ndash Addendum to Syllabusrsquo This contains a list

of apparatus that is typically used to teach the IGCSE Physics syllabus and more advice relating to Papers 5

and 6

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 7: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 755

Section 1 Syllabus overview

5 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 1 and 3 are easier than Papers 2 and 4 This is because

Paper 1 tests candidates on their knowledge and understanding of the Core syllabus content only while

Paper 2 tests them on their knowledge and understanding of the Core and Supplement content (See 141

for an explanation of Core and Supplement content)

Paper 3 tends to contain questions that are slightly less demanding in terms of reasoning skills than Paper 4

The questions tend to be shorter contain less reading for candidates and require shorter answers

However many marks candidates obtain on Papers 1 and 3 they cannot achieve more than a Grade C

Candidates taking Papers 2 and 4 can achieve any grade from A down to G

An understanding of the differences between these papers will help you to decide on whether you will

teach both the Core and Supplement syllabus content or the Core only Candidates who are unlikely to get

a Grade C are likely to achieve a better grade if they study only the Core and take Papers 1 and 3 However

candidates who you think stand a good chance of achieving a Grade C or above should study both Core

and Supplement (known as the lsquoExtended Curriculumrsquo) and take Papers 2 and 4 This is also important for

candidates who are likely to want to continue their studies of Physics beyond IGCSE

Paper 5 or Paper 6

Each candidate takes either Paper 5 or Paper 6 These test AO3 Experimental skills and investigations (See

also section 15 Practical assessment)

Paper 5 is a practical examination The paper typically consists of four questions three of which will require

the use of apparatus

Several weeks before the examination is taken Cambridge will send you a list of apparatus that you need to

supply During the examination your candidates will work in a laboratory each with their own working space

and set of apparatus under strict examination conditions They will write their answers in an examination

paper just as they would for a theory examination The examination paper is sent back to Cambridge to be

marked

Paper 6 is a written paper The questions test the same experimental skills as Paper 5 and contains many of

the same question parts The paper is taken in a normal examination room and is sent to Cambridge to be

marked

Weightings

The lsquoweightingrsquo of a paper tells you the relative importance of that paper in deciding the candidatersquos overall

mark and final grade The table below summarises the weightings of the three components that a candidate

will take at the end of their course

Paper Weighting

Paper 1 or 2 30

Paper 3 or 4 50

Paper 5 or 6 20

You will remember that Papers 1 2 3 and 4 test largely AO1 and AO2

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 855

Section 1 Syllabus overview

6 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The table below summarises how the three assessment objectives are tested in the three examination

components It also shows the weighting of the three AOs in the whole examination

Assessment

objective

Paper 1

and 2

Paper 3

and 4

Paper 5

and 6

Weighting of

AO in overallqualification

AO1 Knowledge with

understanding

63 63 ndash 50

AO2 Handling

information and

problem solving

37 37 ndash 30

AO3 Experimental

skills and

investigations

ndash ndash 100 20

Weighting of paper in

overall examination

30 50 20

If you look at the final column of the table above you can see that

bull Assessment Objective 1 makes up 50 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 2 makes up 30 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 3 makes up 20 of the whole assessment

This means that only half of the total marks in the three examination papers are for knowledge and

understanding of the syllabus content Half of the marks are for being able to use this knowledge and

understanding in new contexts and for experimental skills It is essential to bear this in mind as you plan

your IGCSE Physics course You need to spend at least as much time helping students to develop their AO2

and AO3 skills as in helping them to learn facts and concepts

14 Curriculum contentThe largest section in the syllabus is Section 6 Syllabus content It is here that you will find details of

exactly what your learners need to know and understand by the end of the course It is presented as a

series of bullet points (learning objectives) which state clearly what candidates should be able to do in theexamination papers that they take at the end of their course Each question that is included in the papers

tests one or more of these learning objectives Learning objectives for the practical and experimental skills

that your learners will also need to be taught are listed in Section 7 of the syllabus

You should read each learning objective very carefully Each one gives you clear guidance about exactly

what candidates should learn

141 Core and Supplement

One of the first things you will notice about the syllabus content is that it is presented in two columns

The left hand column is the lsquoCorersquo content All candidates need to cover all of this This will be tested in all

papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 955

Section 1 Syllabus overview

7 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The right hand column is the lsquoSupplementrsquo content All candidates who you think are likely to achieve a good

Grade C or above should cover all of this as well as the Core The Core plus Supplement makes up the

Extended content This will be tested only in Papers 2 and 4

142 Syllabus contentThe syllabus content has five main sections

1 General Physics

2 Thermal Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

4 Electricity and magnetism

5 Atomic physics

These sections vary in their amount of content

15 Practical assessmentSection 7 of the syllabus covers the alternative ways of assessing practical skills in some detail Paper 5

involves actually carrying out practical work in a practical examination at the end of the course Paper 6 is a

written paper designed to assess the same practical skills

The following points must be noted

bull the same assessment objectives apply

bull the same practical skills are to be learned and developed

bull the same sequence of practical activities during the course is appropriate

In section 71 of the syllabus there is a list of apparatus that may be required by candidates entering for

Paper 5 The availability of this apparatus should be checked before entering candidates for the practical

examination The confidential Instructions sent by Cambridge a few weeks before the examination will

provide details of the exact requirements

The Cambridge teachersrsquo website (httpteacherscieorguk) has further very helpful information about

Practical Physics under the heading lsquoPractical Physics Notes ndash Addendum to Syllabusrsquo This contains a list

of apparatus that is typically used to teach the IGCSE Physics syllabus and more advice relating to Papers 5

and 6

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 8: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 855

Section 1 Syllabus overview

6 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The table below summarises how the three assessment objectives are tested in the three examination

components It also shows the weighting of the three AOs in the whole examination

Assessment

objective

Paper 1

and 2

Paper 3

and 4

Paper 5

and 6

Weighting of

AO in overallqualification

AO1 Knowledge with

understanding

63 63 ndash 50

AO2 Handling

information and

problem solving

37 37 ndash 30

AO3 Experimental

skills and

investigations

ndash ndash 100 20

Weighting of paper in

overall examination

30 50 20

If you look at the final column of the table above you can see that

bull Assessment Objective 1 makes up 50 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 2 makes up 30 of the whole assessment

bull Assessment Objective 3 makes up 20 of the whole assessment

This means that only half of the total marks in the three examination papers are for knowledge and

understanding of the syllabus content Half of the marks are for being able to use this knowledge and

understanding in new contexts and for experimental skills It is essential to bear this in mind as you plan

your IGCSE Physics course You need to spend at least as much time helping students to develop their AO2

and AO3 skills as in helping them to learn facts and concepts

14 Curriculum contentThe largest section in the syllabus is Section 6 Syllabus content It is here that you will find details of

exactly what your learners need to know and understand by the end of the course It is presented as a

series of bullet points (learning objectives) which state clearly what candidates should be able to do in theexamination papers that they take at the end of their course Each question that is included in the papers

tests one or more of these learning objectives Learning objectives for the practical and experimental skills

that your learners will also need to be taught are listed in Section 7 of the syllabus

You should read each learning objective very carefully Each one gives you clear guidance about exactly

what candidates should learn

141 Core and Supplement

One of the first things you will notice about the syllabus content is that it is presented in two columns

The left hand column is the lsquoCorersquo content All candidates need to cover all of this This will be tested in all

papers

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 955

Section 1 Syllabus overview

7 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The right hand column is the lsquoSupplementrsquo content All candidates who you think are likely to achieve a good

Grade C or above should cover all of this as well as the Core The Core plus Supplement makes up the

Extended content This will be tested only in Papers 2 and 4

142 Syllabus contentThe syllabus content has five main sections

1 General Physics

2 Thermal Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

4 Electricity and magnetism

5 Atomic physics

These sections vary in their amount of content

15 Practical assessmentSection 7 of the syllabus covers the alternative ways of assessing practical skills in some detail Paper 5

involves actually carrying out practical work in a practical examination at the end of the course Paper 6 is a

written paper designed to assess the same practical skills

The following points must be noted

bull the same assessment objectives apply

bull the same practical skills are to be learned and developed

bull the same sequence of practical activities during the course is appropriate

In section 71 of the syllabus there is a list of apparatus that may be required by candidates entering for

Paper 5 The availability of this apparatus should be checked before entering candidates for the practical

examination The confidential Instructions sent by Cambridge a few weeks before the examination will

provide details of the exact requirements

The Cambridge teachersrsquo website (httpteacherscieorguk) has further very helpful information about

Practical Physics under the heading lsquoPractical Physics Notes ndash Addendum to Syllabusrsquo This contains a list

of apparatus that is typically used to teach the IGCSE Physics syllabus and more advice relating to Papers 5

and 6

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 9: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 955

Section 1 Syllabus overview

7 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

The right hand column is the lsquoSupplementrsquo content All candidates who you think are likely to achieve a good

Grade C or above should cover all of this as well as the Core The Core plus Supplement makes up the

Extended content This will be tested only in Papers 2 and 4

142 Syllabus contentThe syllabus content has five main sections

1 General Physics

2 Thermal Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

4 Electricity and magnetism

5 Atomic physics

These sections vary in their amount of content

15 Practical assessmentSection 7 of the syllabus covers the alternative ways of assessing practical skills in some detail Paper 5

involves actually carrying out practical work in a practical examination at the end of the course Paper 6 is a

written paper designed to assess the same practical skills

The following points must be noted

bull the same assessment objectives apply

bull the same practical skills are to be learned and developed

bull the same sequence of practical activities during the course is appropriate

In section 71 of the syllabus there is a list of apparatus that may be required by candidates entering for

Paper 5 The availability of this apparatus should be checked before entering candidates for the practical

examination The confidential Instructions sent by Cambridge a few weeks before the examination will

provide details of the exact requirements

The Cambridge teachersrsquo website (httpteacherscieorguk) has further very helpful information about

Practical Physics under the heading lsquoPractical Physics Notes ndash Addendum to Syllabusrsquo This contains a list

of apparatus that is typically used to teach the IGCSE Physics syllabus and more advice relating to Papers 5

and 6

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 10: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1055

Section 2 Planning the course

8 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 2 Planning the course

This section looks at how you can plan your course to ensure that you can cover the whole syllabus

(whether this is to be just the Core or the Core plus Supplement) within the time that you have available Itincludes long-term planning (developing a scheme of work) and planning for individual lessons

21 Key factors to consider when planning your courseThese factors will need to be considered before starting the planning of your course

bull the amount of teaching time available each week for the duration of the course

bull the availability of resources such as laboratories and chemical equipment

bull the previous learning of your students

bull whether your teaching groups will be mixed ability or will be streamed by ability

bull the number of lessons you will need to cover the syllabus (the recommended time for an IGCSE course

is 130 hours of teaching time)

bull the school calendar ( holidays examinations etc)

22 Long-term planningA long-term plan will provide the overall structure of your course It will include the order in which topics will

be taught the approximate length of time to be spent on each and the factors listed in section 21 above

It will need to take into account the number and nature of the groups following the course and if they should

all follow the same path through the course There may for example be issues with the use of laboratory

space if two groups are studying a topic requiring a large amount of practical work at the same time In this

case it would be better if the plan was organised so that groups could study such a topic at different times

Topics should also ideally be arranged so that they fit into the schoolrsquos sessions so that a topic is not split

because of a school holiday or an examination session

In a two year course the second year will probably have fewer weeks because of the timing of the

Cambridge examinations

It is important to note that you do not need to teach the syllabus content in the order in which it is printedin the syllabus It is likely that you will want to order your teaching to suit your particular needs and

preferences This may be done in a number of ways

bull Starting with a course in practical techniques to generate enthusiasm

bull Starting with topics which are conceptually easier saving the more difficult topics for the second year of

the course

bull Using the suggested pattern in the lsquoschemes of workrsquo provided on Teacher Support

bull Following your own interests and enthusiasms to begin with

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 11: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1155

Section 2 Planning the course

9 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Medium-term planningMedium-term planning is the most important of the three types It defines in some detail what will be

taught and when It also details how practical work and other activities are to be incorporated into the

course

Medium-term plans are often called lsquoSchemes of Workrsquo and these schemes inform you and other Physics

teachers in your school what will happen and when

Some examples of schemes of work can be found on Teacher Support httpteacherscieorguk A

password is needed to access the site and your Examination Officer will be able to provide you with one

These schemes of work are useful resources but are not really suitable as an alternative to your own

medium-term planning because

bull they take no account of the situation in your Centre

bull they are arranged in a way which may not be what you had designed in your long term planbull they have no statement of the amount of time required

bull they have many suggestions for suitable activities and web sites which you would not necessarily have

the time or the resources to follow

However they can still be useful

bull They could be used as they stand as one way of moving through the course although timings for each

section would have to be added

bull They are certainly a good source of possible practical exercises and web addresses

However

Always check URLs before using them Web addresses do change from time to time and you need to know

what you would be accessing in advance

It is really better to develop your own scheme of work as this is more likely to be suitable for your Centre

and your learners

An example of a medium-term plan is included in Appendix C

A medium-term plan is best developed with contributions from all of the teachers who will be using it If

they have had an input they will feel an lsquoownershiprsquo of the plan and will be more likely to adhere to it

A medium-term plan like a long-term plan should not be lsquoset in stonersquo It should if necessary be amended

if it is found not to be working as planned It should certainly be reviewed at the end of each year to assess

how well it has worked and to decide if any improvements could be incorporated

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 12: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1255

Section 2 Planning the course

10 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

24 Short-term planningShort-term planning involves planning for a single lesson or perhaps a small group of lessons It involves not

only the content of the lesson but also the activities which will take place and the progress that is expected

of the learners during the lesson

Short-term planning is something which is done by an individual teacher taking into account their own

strengths and the needs of the learners they will be teaching Teachers new to the subject may need

guidance but the plan should still be their own

This process is covered in more detail in the next section

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 13: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1355

Section 3 Planning lessons

11 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 3 Planning lessons

31 Lesson plans and templatesA lesson plan is written by the teacher and should include details of how the lesson is intended to proceed

It should take account of

bull what is to be taught (learning objectives)

bull what is to be achieved by the learners (lesson objectives)

bull what the learners already know (previous learning)

It should detail the learning activities which will take place and have approximate timings showing how long

each part of the lesson will last

A lesson should ideally have three main parts

bull a beginning which engages and motivates the learners

bull a middle which covers the main learning activities of the lesson

bull an end in which learners can assess their understanding of what has gone before

It is most convenient to have a printed template to use in lesson planning You could design your own but

there are many available on the internet or in books One example is included in Appendix D A sample

lesson using the template is provided in Appendix E

32 Constructing a lesson plan1 Learning objectives This will be based on something written in your medium-term plan It will state

which part of the syllabus the lesson is going to address

2 Lesson objectives These may be the same as the learning objectives but more often will be only a

part of them This is what you intend the learners to fully grasp by the end of the lesson It should be a

realistic target and many learning objectives will take more than one lesson to be fully understood

3 Lesson beginning (starter) This should be a relatively brief part of the lesson and should lsquoswitch the

learners onrsquo to Physics rather than what they were doing previously It may be a short question and

answer session a video clip or a simple written task to assess what they know about the topic to be

covered It could even be a rapid practical demonstration to introduce them to the topic to be covered in

the lesson Give an estimated time usually about five minutes

4 Lesson middle (the main activity) This may build on and extend previous understanding explore and

solve practical problems develop knowledge and skills practise previously learned techniques or any of

many other alternatives It is important not to include too many activities but equally important not to

spend so much time on one activity that learners become de-motivated Good lessons will involve the

learners in the activities as much as possible Timings should be included for each separate activity

5 Lesson end (plenary) This part of the lesson brings it to an organised conclusion Learners can

assess how well they understand the material covered during the lesson This may involve a short

written exercise or a question and answer session It may also be used to link to whatever is going tohappen in the next session This should again take around five minutes at most

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 14: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1455

Section 3 Planning lessons

12 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

6 Resources Your plan should also include a list of the resources (books internet practical equipment

chemicals etc) which will be needed in each session of the lesson

7 Risk Assessment If your lesson includes any practical activity whether a demonstration or a class

practical an assessment of the risks involved should be included with the lesson plan

8 Assessment of Learning How will you check

bull what your learners knowunderstand before the lesson

bull how this has changed after the lesson

9 Differentiation How will you try to ensure that the lesson is accessible to all of the learners so that all

will benefit from the experience This is especially important with mixed ability groups There is more

on differentiation in the next section

33 Re1047298ection and evaluationAs soon as possible after the lesson you need to think about how well (or badly) it went There are two

reasons for this if you share your plan with other teachers in your Centre it will enable them to learn from

your experiences It is a good idea to discuss with colleagues how well lessons went This applies whether

they went well or whether there were problems

It will also help next time you teach the same topic If the timing was wrong or the activities did not fully

occupy the learners you may want to change some aspects of the lesson next time

There is no need to re-plan a successful lesson every year but it is always good to learn from experience

and to incorporate improvements next time

In the template in the appendix there is a place to record your evaluation of the lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 15: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1555

Section 4 Classroom practice

13 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 4 Classroom practice

The aim of any teacher is to get their learners to gain knowledge and understanding and to develop as many

skills as possible in the time available

The teaching should also differentiate between the different needs and abilities of the learners in the group

It is not always possible to fulfil all of these but it is good to try Lessons should at least be interesting and

involve the learners as much as possible

41 Practical lessonsPhysics is a practical subject The syllabus does not specify many particular experiments because Centres

will have different apparatus available However all sections should be enhanced by the use of practical

work or practical simulations where experiments are not possible (for example in the radioactivity section)

A list of possible practicals linked to syllabus sections is provided in Appendix F

Practical work is usually motivating to learners whether it is a class practical or a teacher demonstration but

it should always have a purpose other than entertainment It may

bull develop the skills that the learners need

bull generate enthusiasm

bull illustrate facts or concepts which are being studied

bull provide a stimulus for further study

It may of course accomplish more than one of these

411 Class practicals

Ideally class practicals should be carried out in small groups (two or three learners) In this way students

learn to work co-operatively and can also by discussion develop their understanding of what is taking place

Working in groups also means that less equipment is needed

Candidates entering for Paper 5 will also need to practise on their own as this is what they will need to do in

the practical examination

It is essential to try out a practical activity before asking a class to do it In this way you can anticipate theproblems that they might discover It also gives you a good idea of how long the activity might last learners

will probably take longer than you

It is important that the instructions you give are clear Oral instructions are fine for a simple task but if there

are a number of steps involved a written worksheet is a good idea Such a sheet can be reused each time

the practical is attempted Worksheets are also useful to teachers who are new to teaching your scheme

It is important that learners know why they are carrying out the practical activity They should be

encouraged to re1047298ect on what they are doing so that they are not merely following a set of instructions

but seeing the purpose of the activity Discussion with the teacher is very important in order that learners

understand the significance of the results can draw a conclusion suggest precautions required for reliability

and recognise the variables that should be controlled There should be opportunities for learners to plan andcarry out their own investigations and write their own methods as well as following given instructions

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 16: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1655

Section 4 Classroom practice

14 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

412 Demonstration experiments

There are occasions when an experiment demonstrated by the teacher in front of the class is necessary

or more appropriate but this type of practical should never replace class practical work A practical may be

demonstrated

bull where complex or expensive apparatus is required

bull where the procedure is too dangerous for a class practical

bull where the teacher wishes to demonstrate a technique to be used by the class

413 Risk assessment

It is essential that the risks involved in any practical carried out by a teacher or a learner are assessed What

is safe for a teacher to do may not be safe in a class practical What is safe for one group of learners may

not be safe for another

A risk assessment involves not only the apparatus used and what is to be done with it but also who isdoing it and where

42 Active learningNot every topic in Physics can be taught by means of a memorable experiment but these should be

included wherever possible as well-focused practical work can provide a good opportunity for active

learning

A description or explanation by the teacher is easily forgotten by the learner even if it was understood in the

first place Videos and computer animations can help but they are still lsquopassiversquo The learner is not involved

in lsquodiscoveringrsquo the information

Research has shown that the more a learner is involved in the process of learning the more they retain

More active learning activities include teaching others for example by preparing a presentation practising

doing questions calculations and practical techniques and engaging in group discussion

43 DifferentiationDifferentiation is a way of trying to ensure that members of your group with differing abilities can all access

the material you are delivering There are a number of ways of approaching this problem and again they can

be found in books and on the web They fall into three main categories

bull Differentiation by outcome In this method an open-ended task is set which can be accessed by all eg

lsquoFind out how high a ball bouncesrsquo Learners will produce different results according to their ability but

all of their lsquooutputsrsquo will be valid

bull Differentiation by task Learners are set slightly different tasks based on the same objective This may

involve worksheets which pose questions on the same topic where differing amounts of understanding

are required

bull Differentiation by support All learners undertake the same task but those who are weaker are given

additional support writing frames where a template is provided for them to record their work are one

way of doing this

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 17: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1755

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

15 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

Your Physics course will end with your learners being assessed by an external examination It is clearly a

good idea to ensure that they are prepared as well as possible for this There are a number of things to bearin mind when approaching this task

51 Use of past papers mark schemes and Principal Examinersrsquo

ReportsThere are plenty of past papers on Teacher Support These can be downloaded and used to give your

learners practice in answering the type of questions they will meet in the actual examination There are also

mark schemes which will inform you of which answers were considered correct by the examiners The

Principal Examinerrsquos report for each paper will tell you of common errors made by candidates who sat that

paper and the type of answers that showed very good understanding and skill

Work on whole papers should of course be done towards the end of your course but individual questions

can be used as tests at the end of individual topics This can be useful not only when the topic is first

taught but also when it is brie1047298y revised at the end of the course

Examination papers and questions can be set and marked by the teacher but it is also useful for learners to

mark each otherrsquos papers as you go through the answers or to allow learners to mark their own papers as

part of a class exercise as you discuss with them what the correct answers might be

There are different things that need to be borne in mind in the different papers

Papers 1 and 2These papers consist of forty multiple choice questions Each question has four possible responses the

correct answer and three lsquodistractorsrsquo Some of these distractors are intentionally very similar to the correct

answer and it is easy to choose the wrong one especially if a candidate does not read all of the possible

responses and instead opts for the first one which seems lsquoabout rightrsquo

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting multiple-choice questions

bull Never leave an answer blank No marks are lost for wrong answers

bull Always read all of the responses before deciding on an answer (see above)

bull Look out for the word lsquonotrsquo as in lsquowhich of the following is notrsquo candidates often get such questionswrong through carelessness

bull If you do not know the correct answer donrsquot just guess cross out any which are obviously wrong first It

is better to guess one of two than one of four

bull Donrsquot spend too long thinking about a difficult question leave it and come back to it later

bull Some questions may involve carrying out a calculation candidates may find it helpful to write out the

relevant equation and working on the question paper

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 18: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1855

Section 5 Preparing learners for final assessment

16 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Papers 3 and 4

Both of these papers consist of a number of short answer questions together with a smaller number of

questions requiring longer answers In both papers 3 and 4 you will find questions requiring calculations

The following are useful pieces of advice for those attempting these papers

bull If an answer is given more than one mark more than one piece of information is needed

bull In answers involving calculations show your working

bull The number of lines provided for an answer is a guide to the amount of information required

Papers 5 and 6

To prepare for these papers candidates need to have had plenty of experience of practical work during the

IGCSE course Additionally candidates should practise using past papers in order to be familiar with the

amount of work required in the time allowed for the examination Section 7 of the syllabus lists the different

experimental skills tested in papers 5 and 6 Information on the recording and presentation of data is givenin Section 8

52 Command wordsSection 84 in the syllabus gives a very useful list of command words used in examinations and their

meanings These tell candidates about the type of answer that is required For example lsquostatersquo implies

a concise answer with little or no supporting argument whereas lsquosuggestrsquo implies that there are several

acceptable answers and that the candidate is asked to select one

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 19: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 1955

Section 6 Resources and support

17 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Section 6 Resources and support

61 Finding and evaluating resourcesTeacher Support is Cambridgersquos online facility for Cambridge teachers It can be found at

httpteacherscieorguk Teacher Support lists many suitable resources including endorsed text books Text

books should be selected depending on the learners needs It is a good idea to have a range of different text

books as a resource for teachers in addition to the one chosen as the class text book

Teacher Support also has a large bank of past papers mark schemes Principal Examinersrsquo reports in

addition to subject specific discussion forums and community pages

There is a huge amount of material available on the internet but this must be used with great care as much

is of relatively poor quality and some contains wrong Physics A very reliable and good source for practical

work is to be found at wwwnuffieldfoundationorgpractical-physics

62 TrainingTeacher Support carries details about training events Face-to-face training events are held in a variety of

countries around the world Here you can meet other IGCSE Physics teachers and take part in training led by

a Cambridge trainer

Online courses spread over a few weeks and designed to help improve your teaching skills are also offered

and short (usually 2 hours) on-line interactive seminars focus on specific issues ndash for example the most

recent examination

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 20: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2055

Appendices

18 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendices

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 21: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2155

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

19 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

LIGHT Start with something the

students already know about

They have all looked in mirrors

This builds confidence at the

beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ELECTRICITY Tackle a difficult topic next ndash itthen has plenty of time to sink in

before the final examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 22: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2255

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

20 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 20v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ENERGY Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion andtime to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Energy resources 172

Work 173

Power 174

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

fairly early in the course to give

time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12 Include an investigation of thesimple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Scalars and vectors 155

Pressure 18

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 23: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2355

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics21 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

MECHANICS 2 Another more mathematical

section

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into

the course now so a more

descriptive section that can be

fairly readily understood

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 24: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2455

Appendix A A suggested teaching order (1)

22 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 22v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Sound 34

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understood

here there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds ofemission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A final descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 25: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2555

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics23 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

The table shows a teaching order with the CIE Physics 0625 Syllabus sections alongside for easy reference

The notes on each section brie1047298y explain the reasoning behind the teaching order

Note that section 11 is not taught as a separate topic but the knowledge and skills are taught within

practical work related to other topics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

MECHANICS 1 This section contains the most

mathematics Some students

find this daunting so it is covered

at the beginning of the course to

give time for plenty of practice

Density 14 amp part

11

Mass and weight 13

Motion 12

Scalars and vectors 155 Include an investigation of the

simple pendulum Short time

intervals to be measured (part of

11)

Pressure 18

Effects of forces 151

Turning effect 152

Conditions for equilibrium 153

Centre of mass 154

Momentum 16

ELECTRICITY Tackle another difficult topic

next ndash it then has plenty of

time to sink in before the final

examinations

Electric charge 421

Current 422

Electro-motive force 423

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 26: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2655

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

24 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 24v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

Potential difference 424

Circuit diagrams 431

Series and parallel circuits 432

Resistance 425 Include an investigation of

length and resistance of a wire

Diameter of wire measured with

a micrometer (part of 11)

Electrical working 426

Dangers of electricity 45

LIGHT Next something the students

already know about They have

all looked in mirrors This builds

confidence after the more

difficult beginning of the course

Re1047298ection of light 321

Refraction of light 322

Thin converging lens 323

Dispersion of light 324

ENERGY 1 Another difficult concept that

needs plenty of discussion and

time to absorb The concept of

energy will reappear all through

the course

Energy 171

Work 173

Power 174

ELECTROMAGNETISM Some difficult concepts here but

students should by now have the

confidence to tackle it However

there is still time for the concepts

to be absorbed

Simple phenomena of magnetism 41

Electromagnetic induction 461

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 27: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2755

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics25 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ac generator 462

Transformer 463

The magnetic effect of a current 464

Force on a current-carrying conductor 465

dc motor 466

THERMAL PHYSICS Well over half way into the

course but students can be

encouraged that all the most

difficult concepts have now beencovered

States of matter 211

Molecular model 212

Evaporation 213

Pressure changes 214

Thermal expansion of solids liquids and

gases

221

Measurement of temperature 222

Thermal capacity 223

Melting and boiling 224

Conduction 231

Convection 232

Radiation 233

Consequences of energy transfer 234

WAVES Another largely descriptive

section with a challenge to

understand diffraction

General wave properties 31

Electromagnetic spectrum 33

Sound 34

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 28: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2855

Appendix B A suggested teaching order (2)

26 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 26v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Topic Syllabus

Section

Notes

ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS The final examinations approach

Once the basics are understoodhere there is not too much to

learn

Atomic model 511

Nucleus 512

Detection of radioactivity 521

Characteristics of the three kinds of

emission

522

Radioactive decay 523

Half-life 524

Safety precautions 525

ELECTRONICS A descriptive section as the

examinations are close This can

provide a break from revision to

maintain interest

Action and use of circuit components 432

Digital electronics 433

ENERGY 2 A final descriptive section that is

quite easy for students to absorb

before the examinations

Energy resources 172

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 29: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 2955

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics27 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Re1047298ection of

light 321

CORE Describe the formation

of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its

characteristics

SUPPLEMENT Recall that

the image in a plane mirror is

virtual

Class practical to

find the position

of the image in

a plane mirror by

the method of no

parallax

Optics pins plane

mirror and holder

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

321 CORE recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of

re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Perform simple

constructions measurements

and calculations for re1047298ection

by plane mirrors

Class practical

to investigate

relationship

between angle

of incidence and

angle of re1047298ection

using a plane

mirror

Ray box plane

mirror and holder

plain A4 paper

Refraction

of light

322

CORE Describe an

experimental demonstration of

the refraction of light

Use the terminology for theangle of incidence i and angle

of refraction r and describe

the passage of light through

parallel-sided transparent

material

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

the definition of refractive index

n in terms of speed Recall and

use the equation

sini sinr = n

Class practicals

showing refraction

(eg pencil half in

water)

Class practical

tracing the

passage of rays

through a parallel-

sided transparent

block

Pencils or wooden

rods 250cm3

beakers water

Optics pinstransparent block

cork mat or similar

(for pins to stick

in) plain A4 paper

322 CORE Give the meaning of

critical angle

Describe internal and total

internal re1047298ection

SUPPLEMENT Recall and use

n = 1 sinc

Describe and explain the actionof optical fibres particularly in

medicine and communications

technology

Class practicals

showing internal

and total internal

re1047298ection

Ray box semi-

circular transparent

block plain A4

paper

Examples of

optical fibres

eg table lamps

childrenrsquos toys

etc

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 30: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3055

Appendix C Sample medium-term plan

28 Cambridge IGCSE Physics 28v01 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Syllabus

Reference

Learning objective Teaching

activities

Resources

Thin

converginglens

323

CORE Describe the action of a

thin converging lens on a beamof light

Use the terms principal focus

and focal length

Draw ray diagrams for the

formation of a real image by a

single lens

SUPPLEMENT Draw and use

ray diagrams for the formation

of a virtual image by a singlelens

Class practicals

showing passageof rays of light

through a thin

converging lens

Class exercise

in drawing ray

diagrams

Cylindrical

converging lensray box with three

slits plain A4

paper

Graph or squared

paper

323 CORE Describe the nature

of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished

and uprightinverted

SUPPLEMENT Use and

describe the use of a single

lens as a magnifying glass

Show understanding of the

terms real image and virtual

image

Class practicals to

show formation

of enlarged

and diminished

images

Illuminated object

converging lens

with holder

screen metre rule

Dispersion

of light

324

CORE Give a qualitative

account of the dispersion of

light as shown by the action on

light of a glass prism including

the seven colours of the

spectrum in their correct order

SUPPLEMENT recall thatlight of a single frequency is

described as monochromatic

Class practicals

or teacher

demonstration to

show dispersion

60deg glass prism

ray box screen

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 31: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3155

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics29 Cambridge IGCSE Physics v01

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Lesson objectives

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Previous learning

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

Middle

End

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 32: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3255

Appendix D Sample lesson plan template

30 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lessonobjectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work well

Did I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1

2

What have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 33: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3355

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

31 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of

re1047298ection

Lesson School

Date Teacher name

Class Number present Absent

Learning objective(s)

that this lesson is

contributing to

Recall and use the law angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Lesson objectives Investigate i = r practically Understand the term lsquonormalrsquo

Record readings in a table Draw a conclusion understanding the

concept of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo Appreciate the

precautions taken to improve reliability

Vocabulary

terminology and

phrases

Angle of incidence angle of re1047298ection normal precaution

experimental accuracy

Previous learning Experiment to find the position of the image in a plane mirror Students

will have already been challenged about the difference between

recording actual readings and writing down lsquoexpectedrsquo readings

Plan

Planned

timings

Planned activities Resources

Beginning

5 mins

10 mins

Reminder of previous experiment then quick

look at plane mirrors to see different parts of the

room according to the angle that the mirror is

held at

Describe experiment to be carried out

Plane mirrors

Middle

35 mins

Students collect apparatus and carry out

experiment

Ray box plane mirror and

holder plain A4 paper (for

each pair of students)

End

20 mins

Go round class asking each group to tell the

class their readings Discuss as necessary if any

appear to have lsquoexactrsquo results Highly unlikely

due to inherent inaccuracies Discuss idea oflsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

Discuss conclusion Class writes conclusion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 34: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3455

Appendix E Sample plan for a 70 minute lesson on the law of re1047298ection

32 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Additional information

Differentiation ndash how

do you plan to give

more support How doyou plan to challenge

the more able learners

Assessment ndash how are

you planning to check

learnersrsquo learning

Health and safety check

ICT links

Pre-prepared readings

table for some students

Test understanding

of practical skills by

discussion

Test knowledge of

terminology and law of

re1047298ection in subsequent

class test

Watch for broken or chipped mirrors

Warn about hot lamp in ray box

Re1047298ection and evaluation

Re1047298ection

Were the lesson

objectives realistic

What did the students

learn today

What was the learning

atmosphere like

Did my planned

differentiation work wellDid I stick to timings

What changes did I make

from my plan and why

Evaluation

Some needed help to construct the readings table Some were too

careless locating the position of the rays and keeping the mirror in

position

Experiment generally went well though

Summary evaluation

What two things went really well (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Conveying the idea of lsquowithin the limits of experimental accuracyrsquo

2 Sensible handling of apparatus

What two things would have improved the lesson (consider both teaching and learning)

1 Clearer description of how to mark the rays

2 A short activityvideo clipquiz related to re1047298ection to end the lessonWhat have I learned from this lesson about the class or individuals that will inform my next

lesson

One group was very slow to actually start the experiment and had only three sets of readings when

the others had finished

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 35: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

33 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

Opportunities for Practical Activities

Syllabus reference Practical Activity

1 General physics

11 Length and time

Core

bull Use and describe the use of rules and measuring

cylinders to calculate a length or a volume

bull Use and describe the use of clocks and devices for

measuring an interval of time

Supplement

bull Use and describe the use of a mechanical method

for the measurement of a small distancebull Measure and describe how to measure a short

interval of time (including the period of a pendulum)

This section will be covered practically during

the course Investigation of a pendulum

provides opportunity for an investigative

practical The diameter of the pendulum bob

could be measured with a micrometer as

part of the investigation covering the use of

a mechanical method for measurement of a

small distance

12 Speed velocity and acceleration

Core

bull Define speed and calculate average speed from

total time

total distance

bull Plot and interpret a speedtime graph or a distance-

time graph

bull Recognise from the shape of a speed-time graph

when a body is

ndash at rest

ndash moving with constant speed

ndash moving with changing speed

bull Calculate the area under a speed-time graph to work

out the distance travelled for motion with constant

acceleration

bull Demonstrate understanding that acceleration is

related to changing speed

bull State that the acceleration of free fall for a body near

to the Earth is constant

Supplement

bull Distinguish between speed and velocity

bull Recognise linear motion for which the

bull acceleration is constant and calculate the

acceleration

bull Recognise motion for which the acceleration is not

constant

bull Describe qualitatively the motion of bodies falling

in a uniform gravitational field with and without air

resistance (including reference to terminal velocity)

Many opportunities to use apparatus such as

dynamics trolleys Graph plotting skills can be

included

Students aiming for the Extended Paper

can use (or see demonstrated) a free fall

apparatus to determine the acceleration of

free fall g

An investigation of freely falling bodies

(including model parachutes) can be carried

out to illustrate the concept of terminal

velocity

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 36: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

34 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

13 Mass and weight

Core

bull Show familiarity with the idea of the mass of a body

bull State that weight is a gravitational forcebull Distinguish between mass and weight

bull Recall and use the equation W = mg

bull Demonstrate understanding that weights (and hence

masses) may be compared using a balance

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding that mass is a

property that lsquoresistsrsquo change in motion

bull Describe and use the concept of weight as the

effect of a gravitational field on a mass

Students should become familiar with mass

and weight as they carry out a number of

experiments during the course

14 DensityCore

bull Recall and use the equation ρ =m

V bull Describe an experiment to determine the density of

a liquid and of a regularly shaped solid by the method

of displacement and make the necessary calculation

bull Describe the determination of the density of

an irregularly shaped solid by the method of

displacement

bull Predict whether an object will 1047298oat based on density

data

Opportunity here to use the displacement

method to find density in addition to mass

and volume determinations for regularly

shaped solids and for liquids

The approximate density of a pupil can

be determined by knowing the mass and

calculating volume by regarding the body

as made up of a number of cylinders with a

sphere on top

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

15 Forces

151 Effects of forces

Core

bull Recognise that a force may produce a change in size

and shape of a body

bull Plot and interpret extension-load graphs and

describe the associated experimental procedure

bull Describe the ways in which a force may change the

motion of a bodybull Find the resultant of two or more forces acting along

the same line

bull Recognise that if there is no resultant force on

a body it either remains at rest or continues at

constant speed in a straight line

bull Understand friction as the force between two

surfaces which impedes motion and results in heating

bull Recognise air resistance as a form of friction

Opportunities for stretching spring type class

experiments Note that a specific experiment

is part of the syllabus here A standard

lsquoexpendablersquo steel spring can be used and

lsquofollow-uprsquo experiment with a homemade

copper spring (wind about 1m of 26swg bare

copper wire around a pencil to make the

spring) to show the effect when the elasticlimit is exceeded Plenty of opportunities

here for practising graph skills A collection

of elastic bands can be used to follow this

work with an investigation (effects of length

thickness of elastic band on extension

produced by loads)

Opportunities for class experiments and

demonstrations of circular motion

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 37: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

35 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

15 Forces (Continued)

151 Effects of forces

Supplement

bull State Hookersquos Law and recall and use the expressionF = k x where k is the spring constant

bull Recognise the significance of the term lsquolimit of

proportionalityrsquo for an extension-load graph

bull Recall and use the relation between force mass and

acceleration (including the direction) F = ma

bull Describe qualitatively motion in a circular path due to

a perpendicular force

(F = mv 2 r is not required)

152 Turning effect

Corebull Describe the moment of a force as a measure of its

turning effect and give everyday examples

bull Understand that increasing force or distance from

the pivot increases the moment of a force

bull Calculate moment using the product force times

perpendicular distance from the pivot

bull Apply the principle of moments to the balancing of a

beam about a pivot

Supplement

bull Apply the principle of moments to differentsituations

Note that a specific experiment is part of thesyllabus here

There is a variety of class experiments

that can be done illustrate the Principle of

Moments with good opportunities to practise

recording skills and drawing conclusions

153 Conditions for equilibrium

Core

bull Recognise that when there is no resultant force and

no resultant turning effect a system is in equilibrium

Supplement

bull Perform and describe an experiment (involving

vertical forces) to show that there is no net moment

on a body in equilibrium

Note that a particular type of experiment is

required here

154 Centre of mass

Core

bull Perform and describe an experiment to determine

the position of the centre of mass of a plane lamina

bull Describe qualitatively the effect of the position of

the centre of mass on the stability of simple objects

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

The standard experiment expected is

ideal for class participation There are

many opportunities for experiments and

demonstrations to illustrate how stability

depends on the position of centre of mass

and the size of the base of an object

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 38: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

36 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

155 Scalars and vectors

Supplement

bull Understand that vectors have a magnitude and

direction

bull Demonstrate an understanding of the difference

between scalars and vectors and give common

examples

bull Determine graphically the resultant of two vectors

16 Momentum

bull Understand the concepts of momentum and impulse

bull Recall and use the equation

momentum = mass times velocity p =mv

bull Recall and use the equation for impulse

Ft = mv ndash mu

bull Apply the principle of the conservation of

momentum to solve simple problems in one

dimension

Simple experiments involving a row of coins

or Newtonrsquos cradle (for example) can be used

to show the idea Momentum experiments

using dynamics trolleys can be used for

quantitative work

17 Energy work and power

171 Energy

Core

bull Identify changes in kinetic gravitational potential

chemical elastic (strain) nuclear and internal energy

that have occurred as a result of an event or process

bull Recognise that energy is transferred during eventsand processes including examples of transfer by

forces (mechanical working) by electrical currents

(electrical working) by heating and by waves

bull Apply the principle of energy conservation to simple

examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the expressions

kinetic energy = frac12mv 2 and change in gravitational

potential energy = mg ∆h

bull Apply the principle of conservation of energy to

examples involving multiple stages

bull Explain that in any event or process the energy tends

to become more spread out among the objects and

surroundings (dissipated)

Toy cars on 1047298exible tracks can be used to

show the conversion of gravitational potential

energy to kinetic energy

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 39: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 3955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

37 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

172 Energy resources

Core

bull Describe how electricity or other useful forms of

energy may be obtained from

ndash chemical energy stored in fuel

ndash water including the energy stored in waves in

tides and in water behind hydroelectric dams

ndash geothermal resources

ndash nuclear fission

ndash heat and light from the Sun (solar cells and

panels)

ndash wind

bull Give advantages and disadvantages of each method

in terms of renewability cost reliability scale and

environmental impact

bull Show a qualitative understanding of efficiency

Supplement

bull Understand that the Sun is the source of energy for

all our energy resources except geothermal nuclear

and tidal

bull Show an understanding that energy is released by

nuclear fusion in the Sun

bull Recall and use the equation

efficiency = energy input

useful energy output

times 100

efficiency =power input

usefulpower output times 100

173 Work

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that

work done = energy transferred

bull Relate (without calculation) work done to the

magnitude of a force and the distance moved in the

direction of the force

Supplement

bull Recall and use W = Fd = ∆E

Opportunity for simple quick class

experiments measuring forces required to

move objects over measured distances

174 Power

Core

bull Relate (without calculation) power to work done and

time taken using appropriate examples

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation P = ∆E t in simple

systems

Opportunity for class experiments involving

students calculating personal power

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 40: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

38 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

18 Pressure

Core

bull Recall and use the equation p = F A

bull Relate pressure to force and area using appropriateexamples

bull Describe the simple mercury barometer and its use

in measuring atmospheric pressure

bull Relate (without calculation) the pressure beneath

a liquid surface to depth and to density using

appropriate examples

bull Use and describe the use of a manometer

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation p = hρ g

Opportunity for class experiment in which

students determine the pressure on the 1047298oor

due to their own weight

Simple manometers can be used

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show pressure in a liquid increases with depth

and pressure in a liquid acts in all directions

2 Thermal physics

21 Simple kinetic molecular model of matter

211 States of matter

Core

bull State the distinguishing properties of solids liquids

and gases

212 Molecular model

Core

bull Describe qualitatively the molecular structure of

solids liquids and gases

bull Interpret the temperature of a gas in terms of the

motion of its molecules

bull Describe qualitatively the pressure of a gas in terms

of the motion of its molecules

bull Show an understanding of the random motion of

particles in a suspension as evidence for the kinetic

molecular model of matter

bull Describe this motion (sometimes known as

Brownian motion) in terms of random molecular

bombardment

Supplement

bull Relate the properties of solids liquids and gases to

the forces and distances between molecules and to

the motion of the molecules

bull Explain pressure in terms of the change of

momentum of the particles striking the walls

creating a force

bull Show an appreciation that massive particles may be

moved by light fast-moving molecules

Brownian Motion experiment (eg using

smoke cells viewed under a microscope)

Opportunity to use students themselves to

model the behaviour of atoms and molecules

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 41: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

39 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

213 Evaporation

Core

bull Describe evaporation in terms of the escape of

more-energetic molecules from the surface of a

liquid

bull Relate evaporation to the consequent cooling of the

liquid

Supplement

bull Demonstrate an understanding of how temperature

surface area and draught over a surface in1047298uence

evaporation

bull Explain the cooling of a body in contact with an

evaporating liquid

Opportunity for simple class experiments

showing evaporation and the cooling effect

214 Pressure changes

Core

bull Describe qualitatively in terms of molecules the

effect on the pressure of a gas of

ndash a change of temperature at constant volume

ndash a change of volume at constant temperature

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation pV = constant for a fixed

mass of gas at constant temperature

Opportunity for Boylersquos Law demonstration

experiment

22 Thermal properties and temperature

221 Thermal expansion of solids liquids and gasesCore

bull Describe qualitatively the thermal expansion of

solids liquids and gases at constant pressure

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of thermal expansion

Supplement

bull Explain in terms of the motion and arrangement of

molecules the relative order of the magnitude of the

expansion of solids liquids and gases

Opportunity for demonstration experiments to

show expansion of a metal rod and the force

of expansion (bar-breaker experiment)

Also the expansion of a liquid (water) using

a round-bottom 1047298ask and tube (model

thermometer) and the expansion of a gas (air)

using the lsquofountainrsquo experiment

222 Measurement of temperature

Core

bull Appreciate how a physical property that varies with

temperature may be used for the measurement of

temperature and state examples of such properties

bull Recognise the need for and identify fixed points

bull Describe and explain the structure and action of

liquid-in-glass thermometers

Opportunity for heating and cooling curve

experiments giving graph plotting practice and

possible investigation activities

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 42: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

40 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

22 Thermal properties and temperature

222 Measurement of temperature

Supplement

bull Demonstrate understanding of sensitivity range andlinearity

bull Describe the structure of a thermocouple and show

understanding of its use as a thermometer for

measuring high temperatures and those that vary

rapidly

223 Thermal capacity (heat capacity)

Core

bull Relate a rise in the temperature of a body to an

increase in internal energy

bull Show an understanding of what is meant by the

thermal capacity of a body

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of an increase in

internal energy

bull Recall and use the equation thermal capacity = mc

bull Describe an experiment to measure the specific heat

capacity of a substance

bull Recall and use the equation

change in energy = mc ∆θ

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine specific heat

capacity (or if necessary a demonstration

experiment)

224 Melting and boiling

Core

bull Describe melting and boiling in terms of energy input

without a change in temperature

bull State the meaning of melting point and boiling point

bull Describe condensation and solidification in terms of

molecules

Supplement

bull Distinguish between boiling and evaporation

bull Use the terms latent heat of vaporisation and latent

heat of fusion and give a molecular interpretation of

latent heat

bull Define specific latent heat

bull Describe an experiment to measure specific latent

heats for steam and for ice

bull Recall and use the equation energy = ml

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiments to

determine the specific latent heats for steam

and for ice

Opportunity for class experiment to

investigate cooling curve for stearic acid

(melting point around 60 983151C) as it soli difies

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 43: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

41 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

23 Thermal processes

231 Conduction

Core

bull Describe experiments to demonstrate the propertiesof good and bad conductors of heat

Supplement

bull Give a simple molecular account of heat transfer

in solids including lattice vibration and transfer by

electrons

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

conductors of heat

232 Convection

Core

bull Recognise convection as an important method of

thermal transfer in 1047298uids

bull Relate convection in 1047298uids to density changes anddescribe experiments to illustrate convection

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

illustrate convection in liquids (water) andgases (air)

233 Radiation

Core

bull Identify infra-red radiation as part of the

electromagnetic spectrum

bull Recognise that thermal energy transfer by radiation

does not require a medium

bull Describe the effect of surface colour (black or

white) and texture (dull or shiny) on the emission

absorption and re1047298ection of radiationSupplement

bull Describe experiments to show the properties of

good and bad emitters and good and bad absorbers

of infra-red radiation

bull Show understanding that the amount of radiation

emitted also depends on the surface temperature

and surface area of a body

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments to

demonstrate the properties of good and bad

absorbers and emitters of infra-red radiation

234 Consequences of energy transfer

Core

bull Identify and explain some of the everyday

applications and consequences of conduction

convection and radiation

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 44: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

42 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

3 Properties of waves including light and sound

31 General wave properties

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding that waves transferenergy without transmitting matter

bull Describe what is meant by wave motion as

illustrated by vibration in ropes and springs and by

experiments using water waves

bull Use the term wavefront

bull Give the meaning of speed frequency wavelength

and amplitude

bull Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal

waves and give suitable examples

bull Describe how waves can undergo

ndash re1047298ection at a plane surface

ndash refraction due to a change of speed

ndash diffraction through a narrow gap

bull Describe the use of water waves to demonstrate

re1047298ection refraction and diffraction

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equation v = f λ

bull Describe how wavelength and gap size affects

diffraction through a gap

bull Describe how wavelength affects diffraction at anedge

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to illustrate wave motion using

lsquoSlinkyrsquo springs ropes etc

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A ripple tank can be used to show re1047298ection

refraction and diffraction of water waves

32 Light

321 Re1047298ection of light

Core

bull Describe the formation of an optical image by a

plane mirror and give its characteristics

bull Recall and use the law

angle of incidence = angle of re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall that the image in a plane mirror is virtual

bull Perform simple constructions measurements and

calculations for re1047298ection by plane mirrors

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes to show the position

of an image in a plane mirror and the law of

re1047298ection

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 45: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4555

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

43 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

322 Refraction of light

Core

bull Describe an experimental demonstration of the

refraction of light

bull Use the terminology for the angle of incidence i and

angle of refraction r and describe the passage of

light through parallel-sided transparent material

bull Give the meaning of critical angle

bull Describe internal and total internal re1047298ection

Supplement

bull Recall and use the definition of refractive index n in

terms of speed

bull Recall and use the equationsinrsini

= n

bull Recall and use n = sinc1

bull Describe and explain the action of optical fibres

particularly in medicine and communications

technology

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

optics pins and ray boxes with rectangular

and semicircular Perspex blocks to show

refraction critical angle and total internal

re1047298ection

323 Thin converging lens

Core

bull Describe the action of a thin converging lens on a

beam of light

bull Use the terms principal focus and focal length

bull Draw ray diagrams for the formation of a real image

by a single lens

bull Describe the nature of an image using the terms

enlargedsame sizediminished and uprightinverted

Supplement

bull Draw and use ray diagrams for the formation of a

virtual image by a single lens

bull Use and describe the use of a single lens as a

magnifying glass

bull Show understanding of the terms real image and

virtual image

Opportunity for class experiments using

converging lenses

324 Dispersion of light

Core

bull Give a qualitative account of the dispersion of light

as shown by the action on light of a glass prism

including the seven colours of the spectrum in their

correct order

Supplement

bull Recall that light of a single frequency is described as

monochromatic

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show dispersion of white light

using a glass or Perspex prism

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 46: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4655

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

44 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

33 Electromagnetic spectrum

Core

bull Describe the main features of the electromagnetic

spectrum in order of wavelength

bull State that all em waves travel with the same high

speed in a vacuum

bull Describe typical properties and uses of radiations

in all the different regions of the electromagnetic

spectrum including

ndash radio and television communications (radio

waves)

ndash satellite television and telephones (microwaves)

ndash electrical appliances remote controllers for

televisions and intruder alarms (infra-red)

ndash medicine and security (X-rays)

bull Demonstrate an awareness of safety issues

regarding the use of microwaves and X-rays

Supplement

bull State that the speed of electromagnetic waves in a

vacuum is 30 times 108 m s and is approximately the

same in air

34 Sound

Core

bull Describe the production of sound by vibrating

sources

bull Describe the longitudinal nature of sound waves

bull State that the approximate range of audible

frequencies for a healthy human ear is 20 Hz to

20 000 Hz

bull Show an understanding of the term ultrasound

bull Show an understanding that a medium is needed to

transmit sound waves

bull Describe an experiment to determine the speed of

sound in air

bull Relate the loudness and pitch of sound waves to

amplitude and frequency

bull Describe how the re1047298ection of sound may produce

an echo

Supplement

bull Describe compression and rarefaction

bull State typical values of the speed of sound in gases

liquids and solids

Opportunity for class experiments using a

variety of musical instruments tuning forks

etc to describe the production of sound by

vibrating sources

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

A simple experiment to determine the speed

of sound in air involving timing the delay

between seeing a sound being produced

and hearing it a significant distance away or

a similar method using the echo from a large

building is appropriate here

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 47: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4755

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

45 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

4 Electricity and magnetism

41 Simple phenomena of magnetism

Core

bull Describe the forces between magnets and betweenmagnets and magnetic materials

bull Give an account of induced magnetism

bull Distinguish between magnetic and non-magnetic

materials

bull Describe methods of magnetisation to include

stroking with a magnet use of dc in a coil and

hammering in a magnetic field

bull Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines around a bar

magnet

bull Describe an experiment to identify the pattern of

magnetic field lines including the direction

bull Distinguish between the magnetic properties of soft

iron and steel

bull Distinguish between the design and use of

permanent magnets and electromagnets

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Opportunity for class experiments using

magnets iron filings and plotting compasses

Opportunity for class experiments using

iron cores and lengths of wire to make and

investigate electromagnets

42 Electrical quantities

421 Electric charge

Core

bull State that there are positive and negative charges

bull State that unlike charges attract and that like chargesrepel

bull Describe simple experiments to show the production

and detection of electrostatic charges

bull State that charging a body involves the addition or

removal of electrons

bull Distinguish between electrical conductors and

insulators and give typical examples

Supplement

bull State that charge is measured in coulombs

bull State that the direction of an electric field at a pointis the direction of the force on a positive charge at

that point

bull Describe an electric field as a region in which an

electric charge experiences a force

bull Describe simple field patterns including the field

around a point charge the field around a charged

conducting sphere and the field between two

parallel plates (not including end effects)

bull Give an account of charging by induction

bull Recall and use the simple electron model to

distinguish between conductors and insulators

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

Class and demonstration experiments toshow the production detection and properties

of electrostatic charges using cellulose

acetate and polythene rods with dusters and

(if available) a Van der Graaf generator

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 48: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4855

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

46 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

422 Current

Core

bull State that current is related to the 1047298ow of charge

bull Use and describe the use of an ammeter bothanalogue and digital

bull State that current in metals is due to a 1047298ow of

electrons

Supplement

bull Show understanding that a current is a rate of 1047298ow

of charge and recall and use the equation I = Q t

bull Distinguish between the direction of 1047298ow of

electrons and conventional current

Opportunity for class experiments using

simple circuits with an ammeter

423 Electromotive force

Corebull State that the emf of an electrical source of energy

is measured in volts

Supplement

bull Show understanding that emf is defined in terms

of energy supplied by a source in driving charge

round a complete circuit

424 Potential difference

Core

bull State that the potential difference across a circuit

component is measured in volts

bull Use and describe the use of a voltmeter both

analogue and digital

Supplement

bull Recall that 1 V is equivalent to 1 J C

425 Resistance

Core

bull State that resistance = pd current and understand

qualitatively how changes in pd or resistance affect

current

bull Recall and use the equation R = V I

bull Describe an experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

bull Relate (without calculation) the resistance of a wire

to its length and to its diameter

Supplement

bull Sketch and explain the current-voltage characteristic

of an ohmic resistor and a filament lamp

bull Recall and use quantitatively the proportionality

between resistance and length and the inverse

proportionality between resistance and cross-

sectional area of a wire

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class experiment to determine resistance

using a voltmeter and an ammeter

Opportunity for class investigation style

experiments to relate the resistance of a wire

to its length and cross-sectional area

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 49: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 4955

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

47 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

426 Electrical working

Core

bull Understand that electric circuits transfer energy

from the battery or power source to the circuit

components then into the surroundings

Supplement

bull Recall and use the equations P = I V and E = I Vt

43 Electric circuits

431 Circuit diagrams

Core

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

sources switches resistors (fixed and variable)

heaters thermistors light-dependent resistors

lamps ammeters voltmeters galvanometersmagnetising coils transformers bells fuses and

relays

Supplement

bull Draw and interpret circuit diagrams containing

diodes

432 Series and parallel circuits

Core

bull Understand that the current at every point in a series

circuit is the same

bull Give the combined resistance of two or moreresistors in series

bull State that for a parallel circuit the current from the

source is larger than the current in each branch

bull State that the combined resistance of two resistors

in parallel is less than that of either resistor by itself

bull State the advantages of connecting lamps in parallel

in a lighting circuit

Supplement

bull Calculate the combined emf of several sources in

parallel bull Recall and use the fact that the sum of the pds

across the components in a series circuit is equal to

the total pd across the supply

bull Recall and use the fact that the current from the

source is the sum of the currents in the separate

branches of a parallel circuit

bull Calculate the effective resistance of two resistors in

parallel

Opportunity for class experiments using

series and parallel circuits with ammeters

voltmeters and other components (lamps

variable resistors etc)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 50: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5055

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

48 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

433 Action and use of circuit components

Core

bull Describe the action of a variable potential divider

(potentiometer)

bull Describe the action of thermistors and light-

dependent resistors and show understanding of their

use as input transducers

bull Describe the action of a relay and show

understanding of its use in switching circuits

Supplement

bull Describe the action of a diode and show

understanding of its use as a rectifier

bull Recognise and show understanding of circuits

operating as light-sensitive switches and

temperature-operated alarms (to include the use ofa relay)

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using circuits with potential dividers

thermistors capacitors relays diodes light-

dependent resistors transistors etc

44 Digital electronics

Supplement

bull Explain and use the terms analogue and digital in

terms of continuous variation and highlow states

bull Describe the action of NOT AND OR NAND and

NOR gates

bull Recall and use the symbols for logic gates

bull Design and understand simple digital circuits

combining several logic gates

bull Use truth tables to describe the action of individual

gates and simple combinations of gates

Opportunity for a variety of class experiments

using logic gates

45 Dangers of electricity

Core

bull State the hazards of

ndash damaged insulation

ndash overheating of cables

ndash damp conditions

bull State that a fuse protects a circuitbull Explain the use of fuses and circuit breakers and

choose appropriate fuse ratings and circuit-breaker

settings

bull Explain the benefits of earthing metal cases

Opportunity for class or demonstration

experiments to show the action of a fuse

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 51: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5155

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

49 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

46 Electromagnetic effects

461 Electromagnetic induction

Core

bull Show understanding that a conductor movingacross a magnetic field or a changing magnetic field

linking with a conductor can induce an emf in the

conductor

bull Describe an experiment to demonstrate

electromagnetic induction

bull State the factors affecting the magnitude of an

induced emf

Supplement

bull Show understanding that the direction of an induced

emf opposes the change causing it

bull State and use the relative directions of force field

and induced current

Note that a specific experiment is part of the

syllabus here

Class or demonstration experiment using a

coil sensitive meter and a magnet to show

that a changing magnetic field can induce an

emf in a circuit

462 ac generator

Core

bull Distinguish between direct current (dc) and

alternating current (ac)

Supplement

bull Describe and explain a rotating-coil generator and

the use of slip rings

bull Sketch a graph of voltage output against time for asimple ac generator

bull Relate the position of the generator coil to the peaks

and zeros of the voltage output

463 Transformer

Core

bull Describe the construction of a basic transformer

with a soft-iron core as used for voltage

transformations

bull Recall and use the equation (V p V s) = (N p N s)

bull Understand the terms step-up and step-down

bull Describe the use of the transformer in high-voltage

transmission of electricity

bull Give the advantages of high-voltage transmission

Supplement

bull Describe the principle of operation of a transformer

bull Recall and use the equation I p V p = I s V s

(for 100 efficiency)

bull Explain why power losses in cables are lower when

the voltage is high

Opportunity for a demonstration experiment

using a lsquodemountable transformerrsquo kit (if

available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 52: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5255

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

50 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

464 The magnetic effect of a current

Core

bull Describe the pattern of the magnetic field (including

direction) due to currents in straight wires and in

solenoids

bull Describe applications of the magnetic effect of

current including the action of a relay

Supplement

bull State the qualitative variation of the strength of the

magnetic field over salient parts of the pattern

bull State that the direction of a magnetic field line at a

point is the direction of the force on the N pole of a

magnet at that point

bull Describe the effect on the magnetic field of

changing the magnitude and direction of the current

Opportunity for class and demonstration

experiments to show the pattern of the

magnetic field due to the current in straight

wires and solenoids using iron filings andplotting compasses

465 Force on a current-carrying conductor

Core

bull Describe an experiment to show that a force acts

on a current-carrying conductor in a magnetic field

including the effect of reversing

ndash the current

ndash the direction of the field

Supplement

bull State and use the relative directions of force fieldand current

bull Describe an experiment to show the corresponding

force on beams of charged particles

Note that specific experiments are part of the

syllabus here

The lsquocatapultrsquo experiment or similar to

show that a force acts on a current-carrying

conductor in a magnetic field

Demonstration experiment to show the

force on beams of charged particles using a

lsquoTeltronrsquo tube

466 dc motor

Core

bull State that a current-carrying coil in a magnetic field

experiences a turning effect and that the effect is

increased by

ndash increasing the number of turns on the coil

ndash increasing the current ndash increasing the strength of the magnetic field

Supplement

bull Relate this turning effect to the action of an electric

motor including the action of a split-ring commutator

Opportunity for class experiments where

students make electric motors using simple

dc motor kits

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 53: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5355

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

51 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

5 Atomic physics

51 The nuclear atom

511 Atomic model

Core

bull Describe the structure of an atom in terms of a

positive nucleus and negative electrons

Supplement

bull Describe how the scattering of α-particles by thin

metal foils provides evidence for the nuclear atom

512 Nucleus

Core

bull Describe the composition of the nucleus in terms of

protons and neutrons

bull State the charges of protons and neutrons

bull Use the term proton number Z

bull Use the term nucleon number A

bull Use the term nuclide and use the nuclide notationAZ X

bull Use and explain the term isotope

Supplement

bull State the meaning of nuclear fission and nuclear

fusion

bull Balance equations involving nuclide notation

52 Radioactivity

521 Detection of radioactivity

Core

bull Demonstrate understanding of background radiation

bull Describe the detection of α-particles β-particles and

γ-rays (β + are not included β-particles will be taken

to refer to β ndash)

522 Characteristics of the three kinds of emission

Core

bull Discuss the random nature of radioactive emission

bull Identify α β and γ-emissions by recalling

ndash their nature

ndash their relative ionising effects

ndash their relative penetrating abilities

(β+ are not included β-particles will be taken to

refer to β ndash)

Supplement

bull Describe their de1047298ection in electric fields and in

magnetic fields

bull Interpret their relative ionising effects

bull Give and explain examples of practical applications

of α β and γ-emissions

Opportunity for demonstration experiments

using a Geiger counter radioactive sources

and absorbers (if available)

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 54: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5455

Appendix F Suggested practical activities

52 Cambridge IGCSE Physics

523 Radioactive decay

Core

bull State the meaning of radioactive decay

bull State that during α- or β-decay the nucleus changesto that of a different element

Supplement

bull Use equations involving nuclide notation to represent

changes in the composition of the nucleus when

particles are emitted

524 Half-life

Core

bull Use the term half-life in simple calculations which

might involve information in tables or decay curves

Supplementbull Calculate half-life from data or decay curves from

which background radiation has not been subtracted

Opportunity for a class simulation experiment

using coins dice or small cubes to produce a

graph showing half-life characteristics

525 Safety precautions

Core

bull Recall the effects of ionising radiations on living

things

bull Describe how radioactive materials are handled

used and stored in a safe way

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom

Page 55: 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

8182019 0625 Physics Teacher Guide 2014

httpslidepdfcomreaderfull0625-physics-teacher-guide-2014 5555

Cambridge International Examinations

1 Hills Road Cambridge CB1 2EU United Kingdom